Tekin - A Grammar of Orkhon Turkic 1968

Grade 1
Contents
Unit 1 Unit 4
Week 1 Key Vocabulary...........................................................................1 Week 1 Key Vocabulary......................................................................181
Function Words and Phrases ................................................7 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................189
Basic Words ...............................................................................11 Basic Words ............................................................................193
Week 2 Key Vocabulary........................................................................ 13 Week 2 Key Vocabulary......................................................................195
Function Words and Phrases ............................................. 19 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................203
Basic Words .............................................................................. 23 Basic Words ............................................................................207
Unit 2 Unit 5
Function Words and Phrases ...........................................103 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................299
Basic Words ............................................................................107 Basic Words ............................................................................303
Week 5 Key Vocabulary......................................................................109 Week 5 Key Vocabulary......................................................................305
Function Words and Phrases ........................................... 115 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................313
Basic Words ............................................................................ 119 Basic Words ............................................................................ 317
Unit 3 Unit 6
English Language Development Vocabulary ... 388A
How to
Use this Book
Visual Vocabulary Resources—A New Classroom Resource
Purpose and Use
The Visual Vocabulary Resources book provides teachers using the Macmillan/McGraw-Hill California
Treasures reading program photo-word cards that visually introduce specific vocabulary from the
program. The photos are intended to preteach vocabulary to English learners and Approaching Level
students, as well as offer additional, meaningful language and concept support to these students.
The photo-word cards are designed to interrelate with the English Learners and Approaching Small
Groups lessons and the English Learner Resource lessons, all of which are designed to support the EL
and struggling reader population. The Visual Vocabulary Resources book is referenced specifically in
those lessons.
Key
Vocab
Vocabulary Words Unit

2 Wee
k 2 Lit
ulary
tle Red
Hen
In the first half of the book, the photo-word cards support three categories of vocabulary in the core Wor
d3
part
ner
reading program:
1. Key Vocabulary These are the Key Words as introduced to the entire class in the Oral Vocabulary
Card selections or the core selection. Students of all levels of language acquisition are taught these
words: Beginning, Early Intermediate, Intermediate, and Early Advanced.
2. Function Words and Phrases These are idioms, adverbs, two-word verbs, and other words Wor
d4
resp
Basic Words
pudding, cheese, cream, onsib
ility
and phrases of particular use to English learners. Function Words and Phrases are also drawn Unit 1 Week 1
Pam and Sam
fresh fruit, stew, nuts
from the core selection, but will not be taught to the whole group as part of the core les-
son. Students of all levels of language acquisition are taught these words: Beginning, Early
Intermediate, Intermediate, and Early Advanced. A1VVR_
CA_
U2W
2_RD10
_key
.indd
75
3. Basic Words These words are chosen from the Read Aloud Anthology, the core selection, or pudding cheese cream
the Kindergarten Literature Big Book. They have been chosen to fit a specific thematic category 2/25
/08
that will help EL learners increase their depth of vocabulary. These words are not singled out for
instruction to the whole group. Only students at the Beginning and Early Intermediate levels of
fresh fruit stew nuts
language acquisition are taught these words. Function Words and Phrases Word 1 make out of
ROUTINE Unit 3 Week 3 Masks All Over the World
1. Display the card.
The second half of the book supports the vocabulary presented in the English Language
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
Development component of the California Treasures reading program. The ELD Vocabulary
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
11
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (tc) © Ingram Publishing/Alamy Images. (tr) © The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc./Ken Cavanagh.
(bl) © Mitch Hrdlicka/Getty Images. (bm) © Kevin Sanchez/Cole Group/Getty Images. (br) © C Squared Studios/Getty Images.
presented is selected from the weekly Skill-Based English Learners Practice Reader. In the place of
the Basic Words categories, there are Content Words drawn from ELD Content Big Book selections.
Structure of Book Word 2 make up
The Key Vocabulary and Function Words and Phrases sections both have two photos on each right-hand
page. Each photo represents one vocabulary word. The teacher script is located on the back of each
card directly behind its accompanying photo. The Basic Words section shows six photos per page,
followed by a teacher routine. The ELD Content Words section mimics this format with 4 to 6 words per
page.
Teacher Scripts
The lessons found on the Key Vocabulary, Function Words and Phrases, and ELD Vocabulary sections are
interactive in approach. They define the vocabulary words in English and Spanish, point out cognates
(where appropriate), and provide strategies to get students talking and using the new language as
much as possible; for example students:
• chorally pronounce the word to focus on articulation
• partner talk with structured sentence frames to use the word in oral speech
• role-play to make the word come to life and use in everyday situations
• connect the word to known words and phrases through sentence replacement activities
• engage in movement activities to experience the word’s meaning
The techniques make instruction engaging and memorable for students. These low-risk ways to practice
speaking help students make connections and develop understanding as they acquire vocabulary.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 cheerful
Unit 1 Week 1 Pam and Sam
Word 2 genuine
Key Vocabulary Word 1 cheerful
TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. How do you look when you feel cheerful?
1. One word in the selection is cheerful. Say it What do you do? Let’s all pretend to be
with me: cheerful. When you are cheerful, you cheerful together.
are happy or glad. When you feel cheerful, 5. I’ll describe a situation and you respond
you smile. by looking cheerful and saying the word
2. En español, cheerful quiere decir “alegre, “cheerful” or looking unhappy and saying
contento, feliz.” Cuando uno está alegre, uno “not cheerful.” Here we go: You got a 100 on
sonríe y se muestra animado. your math test (cheerful). Your forgot your
lunch (not cheerful). (Continue with similar
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the
situations.)
word cheerful. (Point to the boys in the
photo.) These boys are smiling. Do you think 6. Now let’s say cheerful together three more
they feel angry or cheerful? times: cheerful, cheerful, cheerful.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 genuine

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. For whom do you have a genuine feeling of
1. Another word in the selection is genuine. love? Tell your partner about that person.
Say it with me: genuine. When something is (I feel genuine love for my mom. She is nice to
genuine, it is real, not fake. You can have a me. She hugs me all the time.)
belt made of genuine leather. You can have 6. Work with your partner to use the word
genuine feelings of love for someone. genuine in a sentence. Use the sentence
2. En español, genuine quiere decir “natural, frame: The boy feels genuine .
puro, auténtico.” Cuando algo es genuino, 7. Now let’s say genuine together three more
es de verdad, no es falso. Uno puede tener una times: genuine, genuine, genuine.
correa o cinturón hecho de cuero genuino.
Uno le puede tener afecto genuino a alguien.
3. Genuine in English and genuino in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages.
word genuine. (Point to the woman in the
photo.) See how this mother kisses the baby.
She has genuine feelings of love for this baby.
2
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Bananastock/PunchStock. (b) © Brand X Pictures/Jupiterimages.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 interest
© MacMillan McGraw-Hill • photo credits:

(t) © Photodisc/B2M Productions/Getty Images. (b) © Digital Vision/Manchan/PunchStock.
Word 4 prefer
Key Vocabulary Word 3 interest

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is interest. Say the word interest. (Point to the man and
it with me: interest. An interest is something boy in the photo.) This man is showing a
you enjoy doing or you want to know more book to the little boy. They both seem to
about. When you have an interest in have an interest in the book! The man has a
something, you pay attention because you magnifying glass so the boy can see better. If
think it’s interesting. the boy did not have an interest in the book,
he might look bored.
2. En español, interest quiere decir “curiosidad,
la atención o inclinación que se tiene por algo, 5. What types of activities do you have an
interés.” Si algo te provoca interés, disfrutas interest in? Tell your partner. (I have an
hacerlo o te da curiosidad por aprender más. interest in soccer. I also have an interest in
Cuando sientes interés por algo, le prestas raising chickens.)
atención. 6. Think of three different interests your partner
3. Interest in English and interés in Spanish are might have. For each one, ask your partner:
cognates. They sound almost the same and Do you have an interest in ?
mean the same thing in both languages. Why or why not?
7. Now let’s say interest together three more
times: interest, interest, interest.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 prefer

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 5. Which fruit do you think the boy prefers?
1. Another word in the selection is prefer. Say it Why? Share your ideas with a partner.
with me: prefer. When you prefer something, (I think the boy prefers the melon because it is
you like it more than something else. If sweeter.)
someone offered me an apple or a grapefruit, 6. Look at the fruits in the photo. Work with
I would choose the apple. I prefer apples. I your partner to say which fruit you prefer. Use
like them more than I like grapefruit. the sentence frame: I prefer .
2. En español, to prefer quiere decir “preferir, 7. Now let’s say prefer together three more
escoger una cosa entre varias opciones.” Si times: prefer, prefer, prefer.
alguien me ofreciera una manzana o una
naranja, yo escogería la manzana. Prefiero la
manzana.
3. To prefer in English and preferir in Spanish are
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word prefer. (Point to the melon and the
pineapple in the photo.) This boy’s mom is
holding a melon in one hand and a pineapple
in the other. It looks like she’s asking her son,
“Which do you prefer?”
4
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Digital Vision/Manchan/PunchStock. (b) © Photodisc/B2M Productions/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 unique
Key Vocabulary Word 5 unique

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. Why do you think this dog might be unique?
1. Another word in the selection is unique. Say it What did he do for the judges? Share your
with me: unique. When something is unique, ideas with your partner. (This dog is unique
it is the only one of its kind. It is special. because he can dance on his hind legs. This
dog is unique because his coat is so shiny.)
2. En español, unique quiere decir “singular,
extraordinario, sin igual, único.” Cuando se 6. What makes you unique? Tell your partner.
dice que algo es único, no hay más de su tipo Use the sentence frame: I am unique because
o clase. Es algo especial. .
3. Unique in English and único in Spanish are 7. Now let’s say unique together three more
cognates. They sound almost the same and times: unique, unique, unique.
the word unique. (Point to the dog in the
photo.) This dog is wearing a ribbon that says
“First Place.” This must be a special dog. The
people who gave him first place thought he
was unique. He was not like the other dogs in
the contest.
6
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 creep past
Word 2 scamper across

Word 1 creep past
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use creep past to describe how 4. I am going to say some sentences. Repeat the
someone or something moves when passing sentences after me.
by slowly and quietly. Say it with me: creep I will creep past you.
past. Creep past means “to slowly move or You will creep past me.
sneak by quietly.” A cat might creep past a Who will creep past us?
sleeping dog so that the dog will not wake up. We’ll see!
2. En español, to creep past quiere decir 5. I am going to describe actions. If the actions
“moverse o pasar al lado de algo lentamente, describe the phrase creep past, raise your
sin hacer mucho ruido.” Un gato puede pasar hand and say the phrase creep past. If not,
lentamente por el lado de un perro para no don’t do anything.
despertarlo.
The clown jumps out of the car.
3. This picture shows the phrase creep past. It A mouse sneaks by a sleeping cat.
shows a traffic jam. There are so many cars on The baby moves slowly on its hands and knees.
the road that they can only move slowly, or
creep past each other. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: creep
past, creep past, creep past.
Word 2 scamper across

1. In English, we use scamper across to describe 4. I am going to name some places. If you can
a quick kind of movement. Say it with me: scamper across them, say scamper across, if
scamper across. Scamper across means “to run not, say nothing.
or move quickly from one place to another.” If a high rocky mountain
you want to get from one side of the street to a flat grassy meadow
the other quickly, you can scamper across the the school yard
street.
5. I am going to say some words that describe
2. En español, to scamper across quiere actions. If they describe what it is like when
decir “moverse rápidamente de un lugar something scampers across, say “yes.” If they
a otro, corretear.” Si quieres cruzar la do not, say “no.”
calle rápidamente, puedes cruzar la calle
correteando. moves quickly
creeps past
3. This picture shows the words scamper across. runs fast
The wolf is moving quickly over the snow. It lays down
scampers across the snow. hops along
6. Repeat the words three times with me:
scamper across, scamper across, scamper,
across.
8
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © 1997 IMS Communications LTD/Capstone Design. All Rights Reserved./FlatEarth Images. (b) © Creatas Images/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 crouch in fear
Word 4 watch in amazement

Word 3 crouch in fear
1. In English, we use crouch in fear to describe 4. I am going to name an event. If it is
what we might do if we are afraid. Say it something that might cause you to crouch in
with me: crouch in fear. Crouch in fear means fear, say “crouch in fear.” If not, say nothing.
“bend down or hide from something scary.” A lion walks past you.
Some people crouch in fear when they watch A kitten walks past you.
a scary movie. A tornado comes toward the house.
2. En español, to crouch in fear quiere decir The sun shines on your house.
“encogerse de miedo.” Algunas personas se 5. Now I am going to say some sentence starters.
encogen de miedo cuando ven una película Repeat the sentence starters and complete
de terror. each one with the words crouch in fear.
3. This picture shows the phrase crouch in When I hear a strange noise, I .
fear. It shows children starting to hide and When I watch a scary movie, I .
cover themselves under the blanket because When I see a dangerous animal, I .
they are watching something scary on the
television. They are all crouching in fear. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me:
crouch in fear, crouch in fear, crouch in fear.
Word 4 watch in amazement

1. In English, we use watch in amazement to 4. I am going to name some events. If people
describe how we look at some things. Say would watch the event in amazement say,
it with me: watch in amazement. Watch in “watch in amazement.” If not, say nothing.
amazement means “to look at something a man walking across a tightrope
with wonder, surprise, or astonishment.” At a boy juggling 10 balls at once
the circus, people watch in amazement as the a woman pushing a baby carriage
man swings on the trapeze. a fireworks show in the sky
2. En español, to watch in amazement quiere 5. I am going to say some words that describe
decir “mirar algo con asombro o sorpresa.” what people look like. If the words describe
En el circo, las personas miran con asombro what people might look like when they watch
al trapecista mientras vuela por el aire. in amazement, say “yes.” If not, say “no.”
3. This picture demonstrates the words watch eyes wide
in amazement. These people are watching mouths open
something up high that is amazing or eyes closed
astonishing. They are watching in amazement. big smile
What might they be watching in amazement? head down
(Examples include: an airplane show, a
spaceship, a hot air balloon festival) 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me:
watch in amazement, watch in amazement,
watch in amazement.
10
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (b) © Image100/PictureQuest.
Basic Words
Unit 1 Week 1
pudding, cheese, cream,
Pam and Sam
fresh fruit, stew, nuts
pudding cheese cream
fresh fruit stew nuts
ROUTINE
11
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (tc) © Ingram Publishing/Alamy Images. (tr) © The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc./Ken Cavanagh.
(bl) © Mitch Hrdlicka/Getty Images. (bm) © Kevin Sanchez/Cole Group/Getty Images. (br) © C Squared Studios/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 energy
Unit 1 Week 2 I Can, Too!
Word 2 exhausted
Key Vocabulary Word 1 energy

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. What do you do when you have a lot of
1. One word in the selection is energy. Say it energy? Tell your partner. (I play tag. I run
with me: energy. If you have energy, you can around with my dog.)
play for a long time and not get tired. When 6. Tell your partner how much energy you have
you have energy, you aren’t tired. right now. Use the sentence frame: Right now,
2. En español, energy quiere decir “ánimo, I have energy.
fuerza, poder, energía.”Si tú tienes energía, 7. Now let’s say energy together three more
puedes jugar por horas sin cansarte. Cuando times: energy, energy, energy.
tienes energía no estás cansado.
3. Energy in English and energía in Spanish are
the word energy. (Point to the group of
children.) These children have lots of energy.
Look at how they run around on the beach.
When they run out of energy, they will want
a nap.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 exhausted

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s all pretend that we’re exhausted. Let’s
1. Another word in the selection is exhausted. yawn and stretch our arms. Let’s rub our eyes
Say it with me: exhausted. If you are and go to sleep.
exhausted you are really tired. When you are 5. Let’s pretend that we had a long day at
exhausted, you want to rest. Do you have a lot school, and now we’re exhausted. Walk into
of energy or are you exhausted? your house and flop onto the couch. Give a
2. En español, exhausted quiere decir “estar muy big, tired yawn.
cansado, agotado, sin energía o sin fuerzas.”Si 6. Now let’s say exhausted together three more
uno está agotado, probablemente quiere times: exhausted, exhausted, exhausted.
descansar.
the word exhausted. (Point to girl and puppy
sleeping.) This girl is sleeping with the puppy
in her arms. Do you think she is exhausted?
14
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Bananastock/PunchStock. (b) © Digital Vision/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 stretch
Word 4 movements
Key Vocabulary Word 3 stretch

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s all get up and stretch. Let’s reach up to
1. Another word in the selection is stretch. Say the sky. Now let’s stand on our toes. Reach
it with me: stretch. When you stretch, you from side to side.
extend your arms and legs. When you stretch, 5. Pretend you just woke up. Get out of bed and
you get more flexible. stretch your body. Let’s get the kinks out.
2. En español, to stretch quiere decir “estirar, Touch the floor. Now straighten up. Make an
alargar, extender.” Cuando uno se estira, “x” with your body.
extiende sus brazos y piernas. Al estirarse su 6. Now let’s say stretch together three more
cuerpo se vuelve más flexible. times: stretch, stretch, stretch.
the word stretch. (Point to the kids in the
photo.) These children are stretching. Look at
their arms and legs.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 movements

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s all get up and make movements. Jump
1. Another word in the selection is movements. up and down. Make circles with your arms.
Say it with me: movements. Movement means Touch your ear to your shoulder.
“a change in position.” Running, stretching, 6. Pretend you are a fish swimming in the water.
and even coloring with a crayon are all Show me what movements you make under
movements. water.
2. En español, movements quiere decir “la 7. Now let’s say movements together three more
actividad de un cuerpo, o el cambio de times: movements, movements, movements.
posición de algo o alguien, movimientos.”Una
cosa hace un movimiento cuando cambia de
lugar o posición. Cuando corres, te estiras o
coloreas estás haciendo movimientos.
3. Movements in English and movimientos in
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost
the same and mean the same thing in both
languages.
the word movements. (Point to the zebra
in the photo.) See how the zebra runs. It is
making movements with its body.
16
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © The Image Bank/Darren Robb/Getty Images. (b) © Photodisc Green/Anup Shah/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 express
Key Vocabulary Word 5 express

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. How can you express sadness? Tell your
1. Another word in the selection is express. Say partner, and show your partner too. (Examples
it with me: express. When you express your Include: I pout. I cry. I hug my mom.)
feelings, you show or tell about your feelings. 6. Work with your partner to use the word
How would you express feelings of happiness? express in a sentence. Tell your partner when
Show me. you would express surprise. Use the sentence
2. En español, to express quiere decir “mostrar o frame: I would express surprise
decir lo que sientes, expresar.” Cuando expresas when .
tus sentimientos, los estás mostrando. 7. Now let’s say express together three more
3. To express in English and expresar in Spanish times: express, express, express.
are cognates. They sound almost the same
and mean the same thing in both languages.
the word express. (Point to the group of boys.)
These boys like to express their feelings. Look
at how they hug each other. This is how they
express their friendship.
18
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Digital Vision/Steve Baccon/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 high
Word 2 far
Word 1 high
1. In English, we use high to describe a great 4. I am going to name some things. If they are
distance above us. Say it with me: high. High high, say “high.” If not, say “not high.”
means “far up, or way above the ground.” clouds in the sky
Airplanes fly high in the sky. a worm on the ground
2. En español, high quiere decir “alto, elevado, a the top of a mountain
gran altura del suelo.” Los aviones vuelan alto an ant in the grass
por el cielo. 5. I am going to say some sentences. Repeat
3. This picture demonstrates the word high. The each sentence. Replace the words way up
giraffe has a long neck, so it can reach high with the word high.
above the ground. It can eat leaves that are The bird flew way up into the sky.
high up in a tree. I can see the moon way up above Earth.
We climbed way up to the mountaintop.
The firefighter climbed way up on the ladder.
6. Repeat the word three times with me: high,
high, high.
Word 2 far
1. In English, we use far to describe a great 4. I am going to name pairs of places or things.
distance away. Say it with me: far. If your Name the one that is far in each pair.
school is a long distance from your house, it is my desk or the principal’s office
far from your house. this school or the stars in the sky
2. En español, far quiere decir “lejos, a gran an inch from where your are or a mile from
distancia.” Si la escuela queda a gran distancia where you are
de tu casa, queda lejos de tu casa. the sun or the post office
3. This picture shows the word far. The girl is 5. I am going to say some sentences. Repeat
getting ready to throw the ball as far as she each sentence. Replace the words a long way
can. She wants the ball to go a great distance with the word far.
away. She wants it to travel far. I live a long way from my grandmother.
I went on a vacation a long way from home.
The sun is a long way from Earth.
I can throw a ball a long way.
6. Repeat the word three times with me: far,
far, far.
20
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Photodisc/Anup Shah/Getty Images. (b) © The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc./Gerald Wofford photographer.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 long (time)
Word 4 fast
Word 3 long (time)
1. In English, we can use long to describe how 4. I am going to name some activities. If the
much time something might take to do. Say it activity takes a long time to complete, say the
with me: long. Long can mean “using up a lot word long. If it does not take a long time, say
of time.” If you read slowly, it will take a long nothing.
time to finish reading a book. build a house
2. En español, long time quiere decir “mucho turn on a light
tiempo.” Si lees lentamente, te toma mucho drive across the country
tiempo terminar un libro. wave hello
3. This picture shows the word long. These become a doctor
people are hiking up a big mountain. It will 5. Now I am going to ask questions. Answer
take a long time for them to get where they “yes” or “no.”
are going. Does it take a long time to throw a ball?
Does it take a long time to learn how to fly
a plane?
Does it take a long time to grow up?
Does it take a long time to shut a door?
6. Repeat the word three times with me: long,
long, long.
TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK Word 4 fast

1. In English, we use fast to describe speed. Say 4. Let’s walk around the room in a line at a
it with me: fast. Fast means “quick.” You run regular speed. Then let’s walk fast. Follow me.
fast to win a race. 5. Let’s take turns acting out things we can do
2. En español, fast quiere decir “rápido, veloz.” fast. Let’s pretend we are running fast, talking
Si quieres ganar una carrera, corres rápido. fast, and eating fast.
3. This picture shows the word fast. This 6. Repeat the word three times with me: fast,
ambulance is taking a person who is ill to fast, fast.
the hospital. It moves fast to get the person
there quickly.
22
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © PhotoAlto Agency RF Collections/ZenShui/Laurence Mouton/Getty Images. (b) © Steve Allen/Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 1 Week 2
jump, skip, kick,
I Can, Too!
stop, swing, throw
jump skip kick
stop swing throw
ROUTINE
4. Explain how there six words fit into a group, or category. During
23
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Jean-Michel CORNET/age fotostock. (tc) © Paul Burns/Getty Images. (tr) © Creatas/Punchstock/Macmillan/McGraw-Hill.
(bl) © Photodisc/SW Productions/Getty Images. (bm) © BananaStock/Alamy Images. (br) © Charles Smith/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 adult
Unit 1 Week 3 How You Grew
Word 2 change
Key Vocabulary Word 1 adult

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Think of some adults that you know. Tell
1. One word in the selection is adult. Say it with your partner who they are. (Examples include:
me: adult. If you are an adult, you are not a mom, dad, teacher)
child anymore. You become an adult when 6. Work with your partner to use the word adult
you grow up. in a sentence. Tell your partner how old you
2. En español, adult quiere decir “adulto.” will be when you’re an adult. Use the sentence
Una persona adulta ya no es un niño. Uno frame: When I’m years old, I
se vuelve un adulto cuando ha terminado will be an adult.
de crecer. 7. Now let’s say adult together three more times:
3. Adult in English and adulto in Spanish are adult, adult, adult.
the word adult. (Point to the adult gorilla with
her baby.) This gorilla is an adult. The baby
is not an adult. How are they different? The
gorilla is big. The baby is little.)
Key Vocabulary Word 2 change

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. What were you like as a baby? How have you
1. Another word in the selection is change. Say changed since then? Tell your partner. (I was
it with me: change. To change means “to small, but now I’m bigger. I cried a lot, but
become different.” What are some ways that now I don’t. I couldn’t walk, but now I can.)
you might change as you grow? 5. Work with your partner to use the word
2. En español, to change quiere decir “cambiar, change in a sentence. Tell your partner what
transformar, hacer algo diferente a como era you think will change about you within five
antes.” Si uno cambia, no es igual a como era years. Use the sentence frame: In five years,
antes. ¿Cómo cambiarás al crecer? my will change.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say change together three more
the word change. (Point to the group of times: change, change, change.
children.) These children are of different ages.
Look at the younger girl on the left here. How
will she change?
26
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Paul Souders/The Image Bank/Getty Images. (b) © Polka Dot Images/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 imitate
Word 4 learn
Key Vocabulary Word 3 imitate

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. Pretend your partner is your reflection in the
1. Another word in the selection is imitate. Say it mirror. Imitate what your partner does.
with me: imitate. When you imitate someone, 6. Think about an animal. Think of its
you do exactly what they do. movements and its sounds. Show the class
2. En español, to imitate quiere decir “copiar how you imitate it. We will guess what animal
algo o repetir las acciones de una persona, you are imitating.
imitar.” Cuando imitas a alguien, haces lo que 7. Now let’s say imitate together three more
esa persona haría. times: imitate, imitate, imitate.
3. To imitate in English and imitar in Spanish are
the word imitate. (Point to the girl in the
photo.) This girl wants to learn how to knead
dough. That’s why she will imitate what the
adult is doing. She will do the same thing as
the adult.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 learn

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. If you could learn to play a musical
1. Another word in the selection is learn. Say it instrument, what would it be? Tell your
with me: learn. When someone teaches you partner. (I would like to learn to play the
something, you learn it. You can learn by flute. I would like to learn to play the guitar.)
watching, doing, or listening. 5. What do you like to learn? Use the sentence
2. En español, to learn quiere decir “aprender frame: I like to learn how to .
o lograr entender algo.” Cuando alguien 6. Now let’s say learn together three more times:
te enseña algo, tú lo aprendes. Se aprende learn, learn, learn.
observando, haciendo y escuchando.
the word learn. Say it with me: learn. The
girl that is sitting wants to learn how to use
the computer. She had not used one before.
See the girl pointing at the computer? She is
teaching her how to use it.
28
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Mark Karrass/Corbis. (b) © Blend Images/Jose Luis Pelaez Inc/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 practice
FPO
1.1.3_key_practice.jpg
Key Vocabulary Word 5 practice

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. What are some things you practice? Tell your
1. Another word in the selection is practice. partner. (math, writing, piano)
Say it with me: practice. When you practice 6. Pretend we are going to play soccer. First, we
something you do it over and over again. need to practice. Where are some good places
You practice something to get better at it. to practice soccer? Use the sentence frame:
You have to practice a lot to do something is a good place to practice
very well. playing soccer.
2. En español, to practice quiere decir “hacer 7. Now let’s say practice together three more
algo muchas veces para mejorar, practicar.” times: practice, practice, practice.
Cuando practicas algo, lo haces una y otra
vez. Tienes que practicar mucho para poder
hacerlo bien.
3. To practice in English and practicar in Spanish
the word practice. (Point to the boy playing
basketball.) This boy practices playing
basketball. If he practices every day, soon he
will be a better basketball player.
30
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Purestock/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 taller than
Unit 1 Week 3 How You Grow
Word 2 shorter than

Word 1 taller than
1. In English, we use taller than to compare 4. I am going to name and point to different
height. Say it with me: taller than. Taller than pairs of people or objects. Use the sentence
means “one thing is higher than another.” A frame to compare each item in the pair.
giraffe is taller than a lion. Say: is taller than .
2. En español, taller than quiere decir “más alto (Point to various pairs of children or items
que otra cosa.” Una jirafa es más alta que in the class, such as the desk and the waste
un león. basket.)
3. This picture shows the words taller than. It 5. Now I am going to ask questions. Say “yes”
shows the coach and his team. The coach is or “no” to answer each question.
taller than the children on the team. That is Is a mouse taller than an ant?
why he crouches down for the picture. Is our school building taller than a car?
Is a flower taller than a tree?
Are you taller than me?
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: taller
than, taller than, taller than.
TEACHER TALK
Word 2
PARTNER TALK
shorter than
1. In English, we use shorter than to compare 4. I am going to name and point to different
height. Say it with me: shorter than. Shorter pairs of people or objects. Use the sentence
than means “one thing is lower than frame to compare each item in the pair.
another.” A goat is shorter than a giraffe. Say: is shorter than .
2. En español, shorter than decir “más bajo (Point to various pairs of children or items
que otra cosa.” Un chivo es más bajo que in the class, such as the desk and the waste
una jirafa. basket.)
3. This picture shows the words shorter than. 5. Now I am going to ask questions. Say “yes”
It shows buildings that are different heights. or “no” to answer each question.
(Point to the pairs of buildings as you describe Is a dog shorter than a hamster?
them.) The two buildings in the middle are Is a slipper shorter than a boot?
shorter than the two buildings at the end. Is a flower shorter than a tree?
Are you shorter than your desk?
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me:
shorter than, shorter than, shorter than.
32
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © JupiterImages/ BananaStock/Alamy Images. (b) © Henri Conodul/Iconotec.com.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 a year ago
Unit 1 Week 3 How You Grow
Word 4 now
Word 3 a year ago
1. In English, we use a year ago to tell about a 4. Tell your partner how old you were a year
time that has passed. Say it with me: a year ago. Use the sentence frame: A year ago, I
ago. A year ago means “12 months in the was .
past.” A year ago, most children in our class 5. Now talk with your partner about what you
were in kindergarten. did not know how to do a year ago. (Examples
2. En español, a year ago quiere decir “hace un include: A year ago, I could not read. A year
año, hace 12 meses.” Hace un año, muchos de ago, I could not ride a bike.)
nuestros compañeros estaban en kinder. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: a year
3. This picture shows the phrase a year ago. ago, a year ago, a year ago.
It shows children at a birthday party. The
birthday boy in this picture is six years old. A
year ago, he was five years old.

Word 4 now
1. In English, we use now to tell when. Say it 4. I am going to name two activities at a time.
with me: now. Now means “at this time.” You Say the activity I am doing now. (Act out one
are all listening to me now. activity as you say each pair.)
2. En español, now quiere decir “ahora, Now I clap my hands or touch my toes.
actualmente.” Ustedes me escuchan ahora. Now I look up or look down.
3. This picture shows the word now. These Now I sit or stand.
children are looking at the globe right now. Now I walk or run.
Later they may read a story. But now they are 5. I am going to ask you to do some activities.
looking at the globe with the teacher. Keep doing each activity until I say, “Now
[another activity].” (Include these activities.)
clap your hands
jump
tap your desk
walk around the room
6. Repeat the word three times with me: now,
now, now.
34
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Andersen Ross/Blend Images/Getty Images. (b) © Creatas/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 1 Week 3
milk, carrot, bran,
How You Grew
apple, sandwich, beans
milk carrot bran
apple sandwich beans
ROUTINE
35
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Stockbyte/Getty Images. (tc) © D. Hurst/Alamy Images. (tr) © ImageSource/age fotostock.
(bl) © PhotoAlto/PunchStock. (bm) © C Squared Studios/Getty Images. (br) © Barry Gregg/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 adorable
Unit 1 Week 4 Flip
Word 2 dear
Key Vocabulary Word 1 adorable
Unit 1 Week 4 Flip

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Talk to your partner about what makes the
1. One word in the selection is adorable. Say it puppy in the picture adorable. (He has such
with me: adorable. Adorable means “very cute a cute little nose. His ears are so floppy. He
and lovable.” People often think babies and would be fun to play with.)
little animals are adorable. 5. Work with your partner to tell about people,
2. En español, adorable quiere decir “muy lindo, animals, and things you think are adorable.
precioso.” Las personas creen que los bebés y Tell why they are adorable. Use the sentence
los animalitos chiquitos son muy lindos. frame: I think is adorable
because .
word adorable. (Point to the puppy in the 6. Now let’s say adorable together three more
photo.) See how little and cute this puppy is. times: adorable, adorable, adorable.
It looks so soft and warm. Wouldn’t you like
to pet this adorable puppy?
Key Vocabulary Word 2 dear

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Draw a picture of someone or something
1. Another word in the selection is dear. Say it that is dear to you. Share your drawing with
with me: dear. Dear means “loved very much.” a partner and tell why the person or thing
When something is dear to us, we take very is dear.
good care of it. Our family and friends are 5. We keep things that are dear to us in safe
dear to us. Pets can be dear to us. Even our places. For example, people keep special
favorite things can be dear to us. jewelry in jewelry boxes. Tell your partner
2. En español, dear quiere decir “querido, other places that people keep things that are
apreciado.” Cuando sentimos que una cosa dear to them. (Examples include: a special box,
es muy querida, la cuidamos mucho. Nuestra photo albums, a safe)
familia y nuestros amigos son muy queridos. 6. Now let’s say dear together three more times:
Nuestras mascotas también pueden ser dear, dear, dear.
queridas. Hasta nuestras cosas preferidas son
queridas.
word dear. (Point to the puppy in the photo.)
The puppy is very dear to the girl. See how the
girl looks at the puppy. We can tell she loves
him. See how shiny he is. He also has a collar.
We can tell the girl takes very good care of
her puppy because he is dear to her.
38
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © G.K. & Vikki Hart/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Photodisc/Barbara Peacock/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 needs
Unit 1 Week 4 Flip
Word 4 sensible
Key Vocabulary Word 3 needs
Unit 1 Week 4 Flip

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. I am going to show you how we meet one of
1. Another word in the selection is needs. Say it our needs. Do the action with me. (Make a
with me: needs. Needs are things a person or pillow with your hands and pretend to sleep
thing must have. Soil, air, and water are needs on it.) What need am I meeting? (need for
that plants have. Plants could not stay alive sleep) I will show how I meet another need.
without these things. (Run in place.) What need am I meeting?
(need to move or exercise)
2. En español, needs quiere decir “las cosas
que una persona o cosa tiene que tener para 5. Think of some of your needs. Take turns with
sobrevivir, necesidades.” Las necesidades de your partner acting out how you meet your
una planta son el aire, la tierra y agua. Sin needs. Your partner will guess the needs you
estas cosas, las plantas no podrían vivir. act out.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say needs together three more
the word needs. We see the family meeting times: needs, needs, needs.
two of their needs. They are eating and
drinking. Food and drink are needs of
every person.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 sensible

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner sensible things to wear in
1. Another word in the selection is sensible. Say different kinds of weather. Use the sentence
it with me: sensible. When you are sensible frame: It is sensible to wear in
you act in a way that is wise and makes sense. weather.
Things that are not sensible are silly. It is 5. We help ourselves to stay safe by being
sensible to wear a coat in the snow. It would sensible. It is sensible to wear seatbelts. Tell
not be sensible to wear a bathing suit in your partner other sensible things you do to
the snow. stay safe. (It is sensible to wear sunblock. It is
2. En español, sensible quiere decir “que muestra sensible to eat healthy foods.)
sabiduría y calma en su forma de actuar, 6. Now let’s say sensible together three more
sensato.” Si uno o algo no es sensato es times: sensible, sensible, sensible.
necio o tonto. Es sensato ponerse un saco en
la nieve. No es sensato salir a la nieve en un
vestido de baño.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows
someone acting in a sensible way. (Point to
the girl in the picture.) The girl in this picture
was playing hard on a hot summer day. Now,
she has stopped playing. She is taking a drink.
It is sensible to drink after we play hard in
the heat.
40
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © AsiaPix/Asia Images Group/Getty Images. (b) © Digital Vision/Tanya Constantine/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 train
Unit 1 Week 4 Flip
Key Vocabulary Word 5 train
Unit 1 Week 4 Flip

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. You know how to do many things. You could
1. One word in the selection is train. Say it with train a younger child to do things you know
me: train. To train means “to teach a person how to do. Tell your partner some things you
or animal to do something.” One person can could train someone to do. (ride a bike, draw
train another to do a job. A person can train a cat)
an animal to do tricks. 5. Think of a kind of pet. Draw a picture of a
2. En español, to train quiere decir “enseñarle a trick that you think it would be fun to train
una persona o a un animal cómo hacer algo, that kind of pet to do. Show your picture
entrenar.” Una persona puede entrenar a to your partner. Tell about it. Use the word
otra a hacer un trabajo. Una persona puede train. (It would be fun to train a bird to say,
entrenar a un animal a que haga trucos. “Hello.”)
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows 6. Now let’s say train together three more times:
someone training a pet. The girl wants to train, train, train.
train her dog to do a trick. She shows him
how to put his paw up in the air. He copies
her. She tells him he is a good dog so he will
do it again.
42
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Creatas Images/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 come back
Unit 1 Week 4 Flip
Word 2 go away
Word 1 come back
1. In English, we use come back to describe what 4. I am going to describe where you start from
someone does when they return. Say it with and where you go. Then say and complete the
me: come back. Come back means “return to sentence: Then I come back . For
the place you started from.” At the end of the example, I’ll say, “You leave home and go to
day you come back home. school.” You say, “Then I come back home.”
2. En español, to come back quiere decir You leave the classroom and go to lunch.
“regresar a un lugar.” Al final del día, You leave your seat and walk to the front of
regresamos a casa. the room.
3. This picture shows the words come back. It 5. Now I am going to say some words. If they
shows a Ferris wheel. On this ride, each car mean the same as come back, say “come
goes all the way around. Then it comes back back.” If not, say nothing.
to the bottom where it started out. stay away
return
go to where you started
spin around
6. Repeat the words three times with me: come
back, come back, come back.
Word 2 go away
TEACHER TALK CHORAL REPSONSE
1. In English, we use go away to describe what 4. I am going to describe where you start from
someone does when they leave. Say it with and where you go. Then say and complete
me: go away. Go away means “to leave and the sentence: I go away from . For
go to another place.” Everyday we go away example, I’ll say, “You start from home and go
from home to come to school. to school.” You say, “I go away from home.”
2. En español, to go away decir “salir de un lugar You start from the classroom and go to lunch.
para irse a otro.” Cada día salimos de casa You start from your seat and go to the front of
para irnos a la escuela. the room.
3. This picture shows the words go away. 5. Now I am going to say some words. If they
It shows children getting on a school bus. mean the same as go away, say “go away.”
When the bus moves, they go away from If not, say nothing.
the bus stop. move away
return
leave
stay
6. Repeat the words three times with me: go
away, go away, go away.
44
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © David R. Frazier/Photo Researchers, Inc.. (b) © SW Productions/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 sit down
Unit 1 Week 4 Flip
Word 4 stand up
Word 3 sit down
1. In English, we use sit down to tell about a 4. Tell your partner some things you do when
move we might make. Say it with me: sit you sit down in the classroom. Use the
down. Sit down means “to take a seat, get sentence: I sit down when I .
into a seated position.” We sit down on our (Examples include, read, write, draw, listen to
chairs in the classroom. the teacher)
2. En español, to sit down quiere decir 5. Now talk with your partner about places
“sentarse.” Nos sentamos en las sillas where you can sit down to read a book. Use
del salón. the sentence: I can sit down on a .
3. This picture shows the words sit down. (Examples include: chair, couch, bench, bed)
It shows children sitting down in a circle 6. Repeat the words three times with me: sit
listening to the teacher read a book. down, sit down, sit down.
Word 4 stand up
1. In English, we use stand up to tell about a 4. Repeat this chant after me.
move we might make. Say it with me: stand Stand up when the parade comes by.
up. Stand up means “to get up on your feet.” Stand up and watch the birds fly.
When we go to lunch, we stand up first and Stand up to reach a book up high.
then get in a line. Stand up to see stars in the sky.
2. En español, to stand up quiere decir “ponerse 5. I am going to ask you questions. Answer each
de pie.” A la hora del almuerzo, nos ponemos by saying “yes” or “no.”
de pie y nos ponemos en fila.
Can you stand up while you sit down?
3. This picture shows the words stand up. These Can you stand up while you sing?
children are standing up as they pledge Can you stand up while you kneel?
allegiance to the flag. Can you stand up while you read?
6. Repeat the word three times with me: stand
up, stand up, stand up.
46
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Corbis. (b) © Jill Braaten/Macmillan/McGraw-Hill.
Basic Words
Unit 1 Week 4
lamb, monkey, seal,
Flip
turtle, whale, porpoise
lamb monkey seal
turtle whale porpoise
ROUTINE
47
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Photodisc/Getty Images. (tc) © Creatas Images/PunchStock. (tr) © Stockbyte/Getty Images.
(bl) © Ingram Publishing (Superstock Limited)/Alamy Images. (bm) © Creatas/PunchStock. (br) © Jupiterimages.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 admire
Unit 1 Week 5 Soccer
Word 2 challenging
Key Vocabulary Word 1 admire

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that shows what
1. One word in the selection is admire. Say it is like to admire. The family in the photo
it with me: admire. To admire means “to looks at the father. They look at him with love
respect.” When we admire a person, we think and respect. We can tell that they think he is
the person is special because of what he or special. They admire him.
she is or does. You might admire someone 5. Take turns telling your partner people you
who is very kind. You might admire someone admire. Explain why you admire each person
who can play the piano well. you name.
2. En español, to admire quiere decir “respetar, 6. Make a card for someone you admire. On the
pensar que alguien es especial por lo que front, show why you admire the person. Inside
hace, admirar.” Tal vez admiras a alguien que write a message, I admire you. (Write the
es muy amable. Tal vez admiras a alguien message on the board.)
porque toca el piano muy bien. 7. Now let’s say admire together three more
3. To admire in English and admirar in Spanish times: admire, admire, admire.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 challenging

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. I am going to name some things to do. If I say
1. Another word in the selection is challenging. something challenging to do, stand up and
Say it with me: challenging. Challenging say challenging. If I say something that is not
means “hard to do.” Something challenging challenging, sit down and say nothing. Let’s
takes a lot of effort to do. Sometimes we have begin: Read a hard book. Take a nap. Eat one
to work hard to do something challenging, grape. Eat one hundred grapes. Figure out the
such as riding a bike up a hill. Sometimes answer to a hard riddle. Climb a mountain.
we have to think hard to do a something Write your name.
challenging, such as solving a puzzle. 5. I am going to do something challenging. Then
2. En español, challenging quiere decir “difícil you will do it. (Do an action such as stand
de hacer, retador.” Algo retador requiere on one foot and hop.) Who has something
de mucho esfuerzo para hacer. A veces challenging they would like us to try? Be
tenemos que esforzarnos mucho para lograr sure it is safe to do in the classroom. (Call on
algo retador, como manejar la bicicleta several volunteers for the class to imitate.)
subiendo una colina. A veces tenemos que 6. Now let’s say challenging together three more
pensar mucho para hacer algo retador, como times: challenging, challenging, challenging.
terminar un rompecabezas.
something challenging. The people in the
photo are doing something challenging. They
are doing a handstand. They are standing on
their hands instead of their feet.
50
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Photodisc/SW Productions/Getty Images. (b) © Digital Vision/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 charity
Word 4 focus
Key Vocabulary Word 3 charity

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. Tell your partner about an act of charity
1. Another word in the selection is charity. Say you saw someone do. Tell why it was an act
it with me: charity. Charity is helping people of charity.
who do not have things they need. For 6. You and your partner will take turns naming
example, giving coats to children who need things a person needs to stay alive and
warm clothes is an act of charity. well. Your partner will tell an act of charity
2. En español, charity quiere decir “ayuda a las someone could do to help a person who
personas necesitadas, caridad.” Donar sacos needed that thing.
a niños que no tienen ropa caliente para el 7. Now let’s say charity together three more
invierno es un acto de caridad. times: charity, charity, charity.
3. Charity in English and caridad in Spanish are
word charity. We see two teens who are doing
an act of charity. They are serving food to
people who are hungry and do not have food.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 focus

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. We will play a game. I will tell you to focus
1. Another word in the selection is focus. Say it your eyes on something. You will turn around
with me: focus. To focus means “to look hard and focus on it. Focus on the door. Focus on
or pay close attention to something.” When I your left foot. Focus on the board. (Say several
write something on the board, you all look at more commands with focus. Then call on
it. You focus on what I am writing. volunteers to take turns telling the class what
to focus on.)
2. En español, to focus quiere decir “mirar
fijamente o concentrar la atención en algo, 5. The boy in the photo uses a magnifying
enfocar.” Cuando escribo algo en el tablero, glass to focus on a leaf. Pretend you have
ustedes lo miran. Ustedes se enfocan en lo que a magnifying glass. (Demonstrate curling
estoy escribiendo. your fingers into a circle to hold a pretend
magnifying glass.) Find something in our room
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows what
to focus on with your pretend magnifying
it is like to focus. (Point to the leaf the boy is
glass. Then I will ask you to tell us what you
holding.) The boy focuses on this leaf. He is
are focusing on.
looking at it very closely. He is even using a
special tool to focus on the leaf. It is called a 6. Now let’s say focus together three more times:
magnifying glass. The tool makes things look focus, focus, focus.
bigger. The tool helps him pay attention to
every little part of the leaf.
52
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (b) © Comstock Images/Jupiterimages.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 offer
Key Vocabulary Word 5 offer

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. I will pretend to offer you some different
1. Another word in the selection is offer. Say foods. Decide if you want each food. If you
it with me: offer. To offer means “to give do, reach out as if you will accept my offer.
something to someone.” When we offer If you do not want the food, put your hands
something to someone, they may take it or behind your back. (Name various items such as
they may not. For example, a friend could a banana, a bowl of spinach, a pretzel, cereal
offer you a snack after school. with ketchup on it.)
2. En español, to offer quiere decir “dar algo a 6. I will give you time to gather three things
alguien, ofrecer.” Cuando le ofreces algo a from the classroom. Then you will offer each
alguien, esa persona puede aceptarlo o puede thing to your partner. Say: I want to offer you
no aceptarlo. Por ejemplo, un amigo te puede this . If your partner wants the
ofrecer algo de comer después de clases. item, he or she will take it and say: Thank you.
If the partner does not want the item, he or
3. To offer in English and ofrecer in Spanish are
she will not take it and say: No, thank you.
mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say offer together three more times:
offer, offer, offer.
the word offer. The girl offers a gift to her
grandmother. The grandmother smiles. She
reaches out to take what the girl offers her.
54
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Image Source/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 over there
Word 2 over (in a higher position)

Word 1 over there
1. In English, we use over there to describe 4. Look back at the photo with your partner. Ask
where something is. Say it with me: over each other questions about where different
there. Over there means “in that place.” items are in the picture. Answer the questions
(Point to the classroom window as you say by pointing and using the words over there.
the following sentence.) The window is over 5. Repeat the activity you just did, but this
there. time ask and answer questions about items
2. En español, over there quiere decir “allá, in our classroom. Remember to answer each
en ese lugar.” (Señale la ventana del salón question with the words over there.
mientras lee la frase que sigue) La ventana 6. Repeat the words three times with me: over
está allá. there, over there, over there.
3. This picture shows the words over there.
Suppose you are standing by the door and are
asked, “Where is the computer?” You point to
the computer and say, “It is over there.”
Word 2 over (in a higher position)

1. In English, we sometimes use over to describe 4. Let’s put our hands over our heads. Now let’s
a position above. Say it with me: over. Over put the right hand over the left hand. Now
can mean “in a higher place or position.” let’s switch and put the left hand over the
The ceiling is over our heads. right hand.
2. En español, to be over quiere decir “arriba, 5. (Provide children with several different
encima.” El techo está arriba de nuestras colored counters or blocks to practice over.)
cabezas. Let’s put the red block over the yellow block.
3. This picture shows the word over. It shows the Now let’s put the blue block over the red
clouds that are above the ocean. The white, block. (Continue with other instructions that
fluffy clouds have formed over the water. illustrate the concept.)
6. Repeat the word three times with me: over,
over, over.
56
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Creatas Images/PunchStock. (b) © PhotoAlto Agency/Laurence Mouton/Jupiterimages.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 over (upside down)
Word 4 over (to be done with)

Word 3 over (upside down)
1. In English, we sometimes use over to describe 4. Look at the picture again. Tell your partner
a different position. Say it with me: over. Over about a time when you or someone you know
can mean “in an upside down position.” If hung upside down. Use the word over to
we turn a cup over, the top is then on the mean “upside down.”
bottom. The cup is over, or upside down. 5. Tell your partner how a glass, a pancake, and
2. En español, to be over también quiere decir a wagon turned upside down. Use the word
“volteado, al revés.” Si volteamos una taza, over in your sentences.
la parte de arriba está abajo. La taza está 6. Repeat the word three times with me: over,
al revés. over, over.
3. This picture shows the word over. It shows
children hanging upside down. They are
hanging over the bar.
Word 4 over (to be done with)

1. In English, we can also use the word over to 4. I am going to say some words. If the word
tell about the end of an event. Say it with means over as in “The race is over,” say
me: over. Over can mean “to be done with or “over.” If not, say nothing. (Read these words:
finished.” When a runner crosses the finish done, begin, finished, start, stopped, ended.)
line, the race is over. 5. I am going to describe some events. If you
2. En español, to be over también quiere think I am describing an event that is over and
decir “haberse terminado.” Cuando un done with, clap and say, “It’s over!” If not,
corredor cruza la línea de meta, la carrera ha don’t say anything.
terminado. The curtain comes down at the end of
3. This picture shows the word over. The art the show.
project the girl was working on is finished. The school day is finished at three o’clock.
She is hanging up her painting now that the The race has begun.
project is over. The television show has come to an end.
6. Repeat the word three times with me: over,
over, over.
58
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Digital Vision/Katy McDonnell/Getty Images. (b) © Ken Cavanagh/McGraw-Hill Companies.
Basic Words
Unit 1 Week 5
soccer, tennis, baseball,
Soccer
basketball, football, softball
soccer tennis baseball
basketball football softball
ROUTINE
independen work time, have children write sentences for each word.
59
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © BananaStock/Alamy Images. (tc) © Stockbyte/PunchStock. (tr) © Comstock/Jupiterimages.
(bl) © Stone/Lawrence Migdale/Getty Images. (bm) © Brand X Pictures/Getty Images. (br) © Brand X Pictures/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 guide
Unit 2 Week 1 Animal Moms and Dads
Word 2 provide
Key Vocabulary Word 1 guide

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s take turns guiding a classmate to your
1. One word in the selection is guide. Say it with desk. Choose a classmate, walk over to him or
me: guide. To guide means “to show or point her. Then guide your classmate back to
out.” If you do not know how to get home your desk.
you can ask a police officer to guide you. 6. Let’s make a line. We can take turns leading
2. En español, to guide quiere decir “mostrar el the line. The leader can guide the others in
camino, guiar.“ Si uno no sabe cómo llegar a line to march around the room.
su casa, le puede preguntar a un policía que 7. Now let’s say guide together three more
lo guíe. times: guide, guide, guide.
3. To guide in English and guiar in Spanish are
word guide. (Point to the woman in the
photo.) See how this woman is pointing to the
dinosaur. She guides the children to look at
the skeleton. It looks like she is guiding them
to see the teeth.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 provide

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Tell your partner what you would provide for
1. Another word in the selection is provide. Say a dog if you had a dog as a pet. (Examples
it with me: provide. To provide means “to include: food, water, toys, a soft bed)
give or supply something needed.” The school 6. Think about all of the things your family
provides books we need to read. Our families provides for you. Talk to your partner about
provide us with care and love. what they provide. (Examples include: a home,
2. En español, to provide quiere decir “dar o aportar food, clothes, love, fun)
algo que se necesita, proveer.” El colegio nos 7. Now let’s say provide together three more
provee los libros que necesitamos para leer. times: provide, provide, provide.
Nuestras familias nos proveen cariño y amor.
3. To provide in English and proveer in Spanish
word provide. (Point to the art supplies in the
photo.) See the paints and brushes. The art
teacher provides them to the children so they
can paint their pictures.
62
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Bananastock/PunchStock. (b) © Bananastock/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 protect
Word 4 separate
Key Vocabulary Word 3 protect

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the
1. Another word in the selection is protect. Say word protect. (Point to the helmet in the
it with me: protect. To protect means “to photo.) This boy is wearing a helmet. Football
keep safe or to stop from getting hurt.” When is a rough sport. The helmet protects his head
you skate, you should wear pads to protect from getting hurt if he gets hit.
you if you fall. In a car we wear a seat belt to 5. Look at the photo again. Tell your partner
protect us. what else the boy is wearing to protect him.
2. En español, to protect quiere decir “mantener (Possible answer: face guard, shoulder pads)
seguro o prevenir maltrato, proteger.” Cuando 6. Tell your partner what you wear to protect
patinan se colocan rodilleras para proteger sus you from the cold. Use this sentence frame:
rodillas si se caen. Cuando vamos en un carro, When it is cold I wear to
nos ponemos nuestros cinturones de seguridad protect me.
para protegernos si hay un accidente. 7. Now let’s say protect together three more
3. To protect in English and proteger in Spanish times: protect, protect, protect.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 separate

1. Another word in the selection is separate. word separate. (Point to the sandwich in
Say it with me: separate. To separate means the photo.) See the sandwich. It is in two
“to move apart.” To open a jar you have to parts. There is a space between the two
separate the top from the jar. When we clap, parts because the sandwich was separated or
we separate our hands and then clap them moved apart.
together. 5. Let’s separate our hands. Now let’s put them
2. En español, to separate quiere decir “apartar, together. If we separate and put our hands
separar, abrir el espacio entre una cosa y together over and over what will we be
otra.” Para abrir un tarro tienes que separar la doing? (clapping) Let’s clap.
tapa del tarro. Cuando aplaudimos, primero 6. Let’s put two books on top of each other on
separamos nuestras manos y luego unimos las the desk. Now let’s separate them.
palmas para que suenen. 7. Now let’s say separate together three more
3. To separate in English and separar in Spanish times: separate, separate, separate.
64
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stockbyte/PunchStock. (b) © Comstock/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 wild

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Talk to your partner about how wild animals
1. Another word in the selection is wild. Say are different from pets. (Wild animals live in
it with me: wild. Wild means “living free in nature, but pets live in houses. Wild animals
nature, not tamed or trained.” Wild animals aren’t friendly to people, but pets are. You can
live in the forests and jungles. They are free to cuddle and hold some pets, but wild animals
go where they want. Pets are not wild. They can be dangerous.)
live in our homes. 5. Tell your partner one wild animal that you
2. En español, wild quiere decir “que vive libre would like to learn about. Tell why.
en la naturaleza, que no ha sido entrenado o 6. Now let’s say wild together three more times:
domesticado, salvaje.” Los animales salvajes wild, wild, wild.
viven en los bosques y las junglas. Se pueden
mover libremente a donde quieran. Las
mascotas no son salvajes. Viven en
nuestras casas.
it is like to be wild. (Point to the elephants in
the photo.) These elephants are wild. They live
in nature. They can go wherever they want to.
They are not tamed by people. They are wild
and free.
66
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Creatas Images/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 pick off
Word 2 pick up
Word 1 pick off
1. In English, we use pick off to describe 4. I am going to describe some situations. If
removing something. Say it with me: pick off. you think I am picking off something, say,
Pick off means “remove small pieces, usually “You are picking them off.” If not, don’t say
one at a time.” Jenna likes to pick off the anything.
petals of a daisy one at a time. I am taking off the bits of fluff on my sweater.
2. En español, to pick off quiere decir “arrancar o I am putting stickers into a photo album.
quitar pedacitos, normalmente uno por uno.” I am removing the confetti from my hair.
A Jenna arranca uno por uno los pétalos de I am placing the flowers into a vase.
la margarita. 5. Now I am going to say some sentences.
3. This picture shows the words pick off. One Repeat the sentences. Replace the words take
monkey picks off the bugs on the head of the away with pick off.
other monkey. It is removing the bugs one by The monkey will take away the bugs.
one. I will take away the brown leaves from the
plant.
I will take away the bits of dirt on my shoes.
6. Repeat the words three times with me: pick
off, pick off, pick off.
Word 2 pick up
1. In English, we use pick up to describe 4. I am going to name some things. If you can
something we do to things. Say it with me: pick one up, say “pick up.” If not, say “cannot
pick up. Pick up means “to lift and carry.” pick up.”
When you drop something, you should pick a pencil on the floor
it up. If you drop a pencil, pick up the pencil a book on the shelf
from the floor. a house on the street
2. En español, to pick up quiere decir “levantar, a car on the road
recoger del suelo.” Cuando se te cae algo, a dish on the table
lo levantas. Si se te cae un lápiz, lo recoges 5. I am going to say some words. If they mean
del piso. the same as pick up, say “pick up.” If not, say
3. This picture shows the words pick up. The nothing.
grandfather picks up his granddaughter. He lift
lifts her up and carries her on his back. drop
raise
fall down
6. Repeat the words three times with me: pick
up, pick up, pick up.
68
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Jeffrey Jackson/Alamy Images. (b) © Digital Vision/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 do a lot
Word 4 like a lot

Word 3 do a lot
1. In English, we use do a lot to describe how 4. Talk to your partner about something you do
often or how much we do things. Say it a lot. Tell what you like to do a lot. (Examples
with me: do a lot. Do a lot means “carry out include: color, draw, read, play)
an action often or do a large amount.” We 5. Some people do a lot of work. Talk with your
should do a lot of studying before a test. partner about people you know who do a lot
2. En español, to do a lot quiere decir “hacer of work. Tell what they do.
algo a menudo o mucho.” Hay que estudiar en 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: do a
gran cantidad antes de un examen. lot, do a lot, do a lot.
3. This picture shows the phrase do a lot. It
shows a family doing things together. They do
a lot of activities together and take pictures of
them.
Word 4 like a lot

1. In English, we use like a lot to describe how 5. I am going to talk about baseball and children.
much we like something. Say it with me: like Then I’ll ask questions. Answer “yes” or “no.”
a lot. Like a lot means “to enjoy very much.” Mel plays baseball everyday. Is baseball
Pizza is something we like a lot. something he likes a lot?
2. En español, to like a lot quiere decir Sam never plays baseball. Is baseball
“gustarle mucho a uno.” A nosotros nos gusta something he likes a lot?
mucho la pizza. Rosa watches a lot of baseball games on
3. This picture shows the phrase like a lot. These television. Is baseball something she likes
people really like to play soccer. Soccer is a a lot?
sport they like a lot. Tori never saw a baseball game. Is baseball
something he likes a lot?
4. I am going to name some foods. If you like
the food a lot, say “like a lot.” If not, say “do 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: like
not like a lot.” a lot, like a lot, like a lot.
pizza
spinach
tacos
apples
liver
70
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © SW Productions/Getty Images. (b) © Keith Eng 2007/Macmillan/McGraw-Hill.
Basic Words
Unit 2 Week 1
parent, father, family,
Animal Moms and Dads
mother, children, baby
parent father family
mother children baby
ROUTINE
71
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Photodisc/Keith Brofsky/Getty Images. (tc) © Bananastock/PunchStock. (tr) © Photodisc/Getty Images.
(bl) © Masterfile. (bm) © Adam Crowley/Getty Images. (br) © Brooke Fasani/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 appreciate
Unit 2 Week 2 Little Red Hen
Word 2 cooperate
Key Vocabulary Word 1 appreciate

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that shows
1. One word in the selection is appreciate. Say it someone appreciating something. (Point to
with me: appreciate. To appreciate means “to the girl opening the present in the photo.)
be thankful for something.” When someone The girl is opening a present. She appreciates
does something nice for us we appreciate it. the present. She is thankful to her family
If your friend lets you play with a favorite toy, for giving her the present. You can see she
you appreciate it. You feel thankful. appreciates it because she is smiling.
2. En español, to appreciate quiere decir “estar 5. On Thanksgiving we sometimes tell each other
agradecido por algo, apreciar.” Cuando what we are thankful for. Tell your partner
alguien hace algo bueno por nosotros, lo one thing you appreciate or are thankful for.
apreciamos. Por ejemplo, si tu amigo te deja Use the word appreciate to tell about it.
jugar con su juguete preferido, tu aprecias el 6. Think about your next birthday. What would
favor. Te sientes agradecido de que tu amigo you appreciate getting? Use the sentence
fue tan amable contigo. frame: On my birthday I would appreciate
3. To appreciate in English and apreciar in Spanish
are cognates. They sound almost the same and 7. Now let’s say appreciate together three more
mean the same thing in both languages. times: appreciate, appreciate, appreciate.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 cooperate

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that shows what
1. Another word in the selection is cooperate. the word cooperate means. (Point to the
Say it with me: cooperate. To cooperate children at the globe in the photo.) See all
means “to work together well.” When you of these children using the globe. They are
play a game you need to cooperate. You need working together nicely. They are cooperating
to take turns and play by the rules. by sharing the globe.
2. En español, to cooperate quiere decir “trabajar 5. Let’s act out cooperating by sharing a globe
con otros por un mismo fin, cooperar.” like the children in the picture. Come up and
Cuando juegas a algo con otros tienes que point to a place on our globe. Remember to
cooperar. Necesitas esperar tu turno y seguir cooperate.
las reglas del juego. 6. Let’s pretend we have to move a great big
3. To cooperate in English and cooperar in sofa. If we cooperate we can move it. Ready,
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost let’s cooperate and move our sofa to the front
the same and mean the same thing in both of the room.
languages. 7. Now let’s say cooperate together three more
times: cooperate, cooperate, cooperate.
74
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/Jupiterimages. (b) © Pixland/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 partner
Word 4 responsibility
Key Vocabulary Word 3 partner

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s take turns choosing a partner. Choose a
1. Another word in the selection is partner. Say partner. Walk to the front of the room with
it with me: partner. Partner means “a person your partner.
who does something together with someone 6. Shake hands with your partner. What else can
else.” When you dance with one other person, you do with a partner? Show me. (Examples
you are that person’s partner. That person is include: high five, clapping games, etc.)
your partner too. 7. Now let’s say partner together three more
2. En español, partner quiere decir “la persona times: partner, partner, partner.
con la que completas una actividad,
compañero.“ Cuando bailas con otra persona,
eres el compañero de esa persona. Esa persona
también es tu compañero.
a partner is. (Point to the boy in the photo.)
This boy is raking. Who is his partner? (the
girl) What is she doing? (raking with him) Now
look at the girl. Who is her partner?
(the boy)
Key Vocabulary Word 4 responsibility

1. Another word in the selection is responsibility. someone taking care of her responsibility.
Say it with me: responsibility. A responsibility (Point to the girl in the photo.) This girl is
is something you are supposed to do. It is your washing the dishes. Washing the dishes is her
responsibility to do your homework. It is my special job in the family. It is something she’s
responsibility to help to teach you new things. supposed to do. Washing the dishes is her
responsibility.
2. En español, responsibility quiere decir “algo
que debes hacer, responsabilidad.” Hacer 5. Tell your partner one responsibility you have
sus tareas es la responsabilidad de cada uno at home. (Examples include: making the bed,
de ustedes. Mi responsabilidad es enseñarles washing dishes, helping clean up)
cosas nuevas. 6. Talk to your partner about your
3. Responsibility in English and responsibilidad responsibilities at school. Choose one and
in Spanish are cognates. They sound almost complete the sentence: In school it is my
the same and mean the same thing in both responsibility to .
languages. 7. Now let’s say responsibility together three
more times: responsibility, responsibility,
responsibility.
76
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Thinkstock/Jupiterimages. (b) © Thinkstock/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 scrumptious
Key Vocabulary Word 5 scrumptious

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s pretend we are eating something
1. Another word in the selection is scrumptious. scrumptious. What sounds will we make? Let’s
Say it with me: scrumptious. Scrumptious make them. (Possible responses: mmmmm,
means “really delicious or great tasting.” smacking lips)
When we eat something that is scrumptious 5. Now let’s show that something tastes
we sometimes smack our lips. Some people scrumptious by rubbing our tummies after
think vegetables are scrumptious. Do you? we eat it.
2. En español, scrumptious quiere decir “muy 6. Now let’s say scrumptious together three more
delicioso, que sabe muy bueno.” Cuando times: scrumptious, scrumptious, scrumptious.
comemos algo muy delicioso, nos lamemos
los labios. Algunas personas piensan que las
verduras son deliciosas. ¿Les parece a ustedes
que las verduras son deliciosas?
word scrumptious. (Point to the pizza in the
photo.) This pizza has lots of toppings that
make it look scrumptious. Imagine taking a
bite of this scrumptious pizza. Mmmmmmm.
78
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Ingram Publishing (Superstock Limited)/Alamy Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 some of
Word 2 all of
Word 1 some of
1. In English, we use some of to describe an 4. I am going to describe parts of a book I read.
amount. Say it with me: some of. Some of If you think I read some of the book, say “You
means “part of the whole.” We do some of read some of the book.” If not, say nothing.
our work in the morning and some of our I read all the pages in the book.
work in the afternoon. I read the first two pages of the book.
2. En español, some of quiere decir “una I read only the beginning of the book.
parte de algo entero.” Hacemos una parte de I read only the end of the book.
nuestro trabajo por la mañana y la otra parte I read from the beginning to the end of the
por la tarde. book.
3. This picture shows the words some of. It 5. Now I am going to give you directions using
shows three girls on a soccer team. They the words some of. Follow the directions. (Call
are some of the girls on the team. There are on a few children to respond.)
usually at least eleven players on a soccer Name some of the children in our class.
team. Name some of the people in your family.
Name some of the animals in a zoo.
6. Repeat the words three times with me: some
of, some of, some of.
Word 2 all of
1. In English, we use all of to describe amounts. 4. I am going to describe some things I cleaned.
Say it with me: all of. All of means “the entire Say, “You cleaned all of it,” if I cleaned it all.
amount or the whole thing.” You should not If not say. “You did not clean all of it.”
eat dessert until you eat all of your supper. I washed the whole floor.
Every night you must do all of your homework. I cleaned all of the rooms in my house.
2. En español, all of quiere decir “todo, la I washed the top of my car.
parte entera.” No debes comer postre hasta I cleaned the entire garage.
comerte toda la cena. Cada noche, hay que 5. I am going to say some sentence. Repeat each
terminar todas las tareas. sentence. Replace the words that tell about
3. This picture shows the words all of. It shows the whole thing with the words all of it.
the whole team. All of the people on the I read the whole story. (I read all of it.)
soccer team are in the picture. There are We ate the whole pizza. (We ate all of it.)
eleven players in the picture! Sara finished the whole test. (She finished all
of it.)
I ran the whole race. (I ran all of it.)
6. Repeat the words three times with me: all of,
all of, all of.
80
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Jupiter Images/ BananaStock/Alamy Images. (b) © Greatstock Photographic Library/Alamy Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 a bit of
Word 4 most of
Word 3 a bit of
1. In English, we use a bit of to describe an 4. Think about what the words a bit of mean. If I
amount. Say it with me: a bit of. A bit of say, “I did a bit of my housework,” what does
means “a very small amount or tiny part of that mean? Discuss what work I might have
the whole.” I only ate a bit of my breakfast, done and what I still might have left to do.
so now I am very hungry. (Ask one or two pairs for their response.)
2. En español, a bit of quiere decir “un poquito 5. Take turns telling each other a bit of a story
de una parte más grande.” Sólo me comí un you both read. Then finish telling the whole
poquito parte de mi desayuno, y ahora tengo story to each other.
hambre. 6. Repeat the words three times with me: a bit
3. This picture shows the words a bit of. It of, a bit of, a bit of.
shows only one piece of a whole pizza. One
slice is a bit of a whole pizza.
Word 4 most of
1. In English, we use most of to describe an 4. Do you think most of us like dogs or cats
amount. Say it with me: most of. Most of better? Let’s vote to find out. (Have children
means “almost everything, or a little less than raise their hands, and count the votes.) Now
all of something.” Most of the children ride let’s complete this sentence with the word
the bus, but some of them walk to school. cats or dogs: Most of us like .
2. En español, most of quiere decir “casi todo.” 5. Now let’s vote on two kinds of food. (Take a
Casi todos los niños viajan a la escuela en vote and count to find out if children prefer
autobús, pero algunos se vienen caminando. liver or pizza.) Let’s complete this sentence:
3. This picture shows the words most of. Most of us do not like to eat .
Most of this pizza is left. Only a bit of it 6. Repeat the words three times with me: most
was eaten. of, most of, most of.
82
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (b) © BananaStock/Jupiterimages.
Basic Words
Unit 2 Week 2
wheat, flour, dough,
Little Red Hen
cookie, bread, cake
wheat flour dough
cookie bread cake
ROUTINE
83
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © PhotoAlto/PunchStock. (tc) © IT Stock/Polka Dot Images/PunchStock. (tr) © IT Stock/Polka Dot Images/PunchStock.
(bl) © Brian Tolbert/Royalty-Free/Corbis. (bm) © Burke/Triolo/Getty Images. (br) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 useful
Unit 2 Week 3 Around Town
Word 2 variety
Key Vocabulary Word 1 useful

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner something you use at home
1. One word in the selection is useful. Say it with that is useful to you. Tell how it is useful.
me: useful. Useful means “helpful.” Glue is (Examples include: My crayons are useful
useful if you need to stick things together. A when I want to color. My bike is useful when I
map is useful if you are lost and need to find want to get somewhere quickly.)
out how to get somewhere. 5. Pretend you want to write or talk to someone
2. En español, useful quiere decir “algo que tiene who lives far away. Tell your partner what
uso, práctico, útil.” La goma es útil si tienes would be useful to you. Here’s an idea to help.
cosas que necesitas pegar. Un mapa es útil si I want to talk to my Grandma. A telephone
estás perdido y necesitas encontrar tu camino. would be useful.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows 6. Now let’s say useful together three more
something useful. (Point to the computer in times: useful, useful, useful.
the photo.) A computer is useful for many
things. It is useful if you want to send an
e-mail to someone. It is useful for doing
homework.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 variety

1. Another word in the selection is variety. Say word variety. (Point to the different supplies
it with me: variety. Variety means “many in the photo.) See all of these school supplies.
different kinds.” There are a variety of books There are a variety of supplies. There are
in the library. There are a variety of foods in pencils, a ruler, and scissors. What other
the supermarket. Look at the variety of colors different kinds of supplies do you see? (paper
we are all wearing. clips, erasers, notebook)
2. En español, variety quiere decir “muchos tipos 5. Let’s make a variety of faces. We can make
diferentes, variedad.” Hay una variedad de happy faces, sad faces, or silly faces. Ready,
libros distintos en la biblioteca. La biblioteca let’s make our variety of faces.
tiene muchos tipos de libros. Hay una variedad 6. Let’s take turns picking out a variety of
de comida en el supermercado. Miren la crayons from a box of crayons. Did we all pick
variedad de colores que tenemos puestos. the same colors?
3. Variety in English and variedad in Spanish are 7. Now let’s say variety together three more
cognates. They sound almost the same and times: variety, variety, variety.
86
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Photodisc/PunchStock. (b) © Jeffrey Coolidge/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 amazed
Word 4 service
Key Vocabulary Word 3 amazed

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s pretend we are reading a book and are
1. Another word in the selection is amazed. Say amazed at what we read. Have you ever read
it with me: amazed. Amazed means “very something that amazed you? What was it?
surprised and impressed.” You would be 5. You can see lots of amazing things on
amazed if you saw an elephant walk into television. Let’s pretend we are watching a
our room! television program and are amazed at what
2. En español, amazed quiere decir ”sorprendido we see.
e impresionado.” Se impresionarían si vieran 6. Now let’s say amazed together three more
un elefante entrar a nuestro salón de clase. times: amazed, amazed, amazed.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows how
it looks to be amazed. (Point to the girl and
woman in the photo.) Look at the faces on
the girl and woman. That is how people look
when they are amazed. These people must
have seen something on the computer that
surprised them.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 service

1. Another word in the selection is service. Say it word service. (Point to the dentist in the
with me: service. Service means “work or help photo.) This dentist provides a service. She
that someone does for others.” A firefighter helps take care of people’s teeth. One service
does a service by putting out fires. Some stores a dentist provides is cleaning teeth. What
have better service than others. other services do dentists provide? (Examples
include: filling cavities, taking x-rays)
2. En español, service quiere decir “un trabajo
o una ayuda que uno hace por otra persona, 5. Tell your partner about a place you went to
servicio.” Los bomberos prestan un servicio al that had good service. What did the people
apagar los incendios. Algunas tiendas ofercen who worked there do for you?
mejor servicio que otras. 6. Pretend a waiter gave you good service in a
3. Service in English and servicio in Spanish are restaurant. Take turns telling your partner
cognates. They sound almost the same and what you might say to the waiter. Use the
mean the same thing in both languages. word service in your sentence. (Thank you for
the good service. I really appreciate the great
service.)
7. Now let’s say service together three more
times: service, service, service.
88
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Iconica/Jose Luis Pelaez/Getty Images. (b) © Photodisc/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 frequently
Key Vocabulary Word 5 frequently

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. Tell your partner something you do frequently
1. One word in the selection is frequently. Say it at school. (Examples include: read, get in line,
with me: frequently. Frequently means “often do math, talk to friends, take tests)
or many times.” In school we frequently stand 6. Tell your partner something you do frequently
in line for things. To stay healthy, you should at home. (Examples include: eat, play, help
wash your hands frequently. parents, watch television)
2. En español, frequently quiere decir 7. Now let’s say frequently together three more
“que ocurre a menudo o muchas veces, times: frequently, frequently, frequently.
frecuentemente.” En el colegio hacemos filas
frecuentemente. Para mantenerse saludable
uno debe lavarse las manos frecuentemente.
3. Frequently in English and frecuentemente
in Spanish are cognates. They sound almost
languages.
something that is done frequently. (Point
to the children in line in the photo.) These
children line up every day to go on the school
bus. They frequently line up for the bus.
90
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © SW Productions/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 hold back
Unit 2 Week 3 Map It
Word 2 hold up
Word 1 hold back
1. In English, we use hold back to describe the 4. Think about what hold back means. If I say,
way we stop something. Say it with me: hold “I hold back my dog from running across the
back. Hold back means “to keep someone or street,” what does that mean? What do you
something from doing something.” A fence think I use to hold back my dog? Share your
will hold back the horses in the field. answer with your partner.
2. En español, to hold back quiere decir 5. When might people want to hold back
“retener, evitar que alguien o algo pase.” someone or something? I will give you some
Una cerca puede retener a los caballos en examples to talk about with your partner.
la pradera. Use the words hold back to talk about each
3. This picture shows the words hold back. It example.
shows a crossing guard using the stop sign to someone who is crossing the street in front of
stop the cars. He holds back the cars so the a moving car
school children can cross the street. someone who is about to step into a puddle
a dog that is running toward a flower garden
6. Repeat the words three times with me: hold
back, hold back, hold back.
Word 2 hold up
1. In English, we use hold up to describe moving 4. Let’s all hold up both hands. Now hold up only
something into a higher position. Say it one hand. Now do not hold up your hands.
with me: hold up. Hold up means “to move 5. I will tell you what to hold up. Follow
something up high, to raise.” When you want my directions. Hold up a pencil. Put it back.
to answer a question, you hold up your hand. Hold up a book. Put it back. (Continue telling
2. En español, to hold up quiere decir “alzar, children to hold up other items they have
levantar.” Cuando quieres contestar una available to them.)
pregunta, levantas la mano. 6. Repeat the words three times with me: hold
3. This picture shows the words hold up. The girl up, hold up, hold up.
raises her picture for us to see. She holds up
the picture.
92
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Blend Images/Alamy Images. (b) © Blend Images/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 bring up
Unit 2 Week 3 Map It
Word 4 bring out

Word 3 bring up
1. In English, we use bring up to describe 4. Pretend you have a new baby in your family.
something families do. Say it with me: bring Tell your partner how the parents might bring
up. Bring up means “to raise or care for up the baby. Use the words bring up in your
children as they grow up.” Not all families talk.
bring up their children the same way. 5. Draw a picture of someone who is doing
2. En español, to bring up quiere decir “criar, a good job of bringing up a child. Use the
cuidar niños hasta que crezcan.” No todas las words bring up to tell your partner what is
familias crían a sus hijos de la misma manera. happening in the picture.
3. This picture shows the words bring up. It 6. Repeat the words three times with me: bring
shows one thing these parents do to raise or up, bring up, bring up.
bring up their daughter. What is one thing
they do to bring up their daughter? (They
cook together.)
Word 4 bring out

1. In English, we use bring out to describe 4. Suppose you were having some friends over to
what we do when we lead something from play. Tell your partner what things you might
somewhere. Say it with me: bring out. Bring bring out. Discuss why you would bring out
out means “to lead out of, to take something these things.
out from where it was.” Some people bring 5. If I say, “I will bring out all my crayons,” what
out their best dishes when they have company does that mean? What other art supplies
for dinner. might I bring out? Discuss the answers with
2. En español, to bring out quiere decir “sacar your partner.
algo de un lugar.” Algunas personas sacan su 6. Repeat the words three times with me: bring
mejor vajilla cuando llega visita a cenar. out, bring out, bring out
3. This picture shows the words bring out. The
waitress takes the meals from the kitchen. She
brings out two meals for people to eat.
94
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Michel Touraine/Jupiterimages. (b) © BananaStock/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 2 Week 3
park, pond, playground,
On the Map
post office, street, school
park pond playground
FPO
post office street school
ROUTINE
95
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (tc) © Comstock/PunchStock. (tr) © Comstock/PunchStock.
(bl) © Cen Lu/Pixtal/age fotostock. (bm) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (br) © John Flournoy/Macmillan/McGraw-Hill.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 collapse
Unit 2 Week 4 The Squeaky Floor
Word 2 company
Key Vocabulary Word 1 collapse

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s all stand up. Then when I say the word
1. One word in the selection is collapse. Say it collapse, we will all slowly collapse to the
with me: collapse. Collapse means “cave in, or floor. Ready: Collapse.
fall down.” When you build a block tower too 5. Now let’s pretend to make a block tower.
high it can fall down or collapse. If you do not Keep building until I say, Oh no, it collapsed.
put a tent up correctly, it can collapse. Then watch your tower fall. (Have children
2. En español, to collapse quiere decir build for a few seconds, then say “Oh no, it
“derrumbarse o caerse.” Si uno construye collapsed!)
una torre de cubos demasiado alta, se puede 6. Now let’s say collapse together three more
derrumbar. Si uno no arma su carpa de la times: collapse, collapse, collapse.
manera correcta, se puede caer.
word collapse. (Point to the tower in the
photo.) See this tower. It is a little crooked.
The boy has his hand out because he does not
want the tower to collapse, or fall down.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 company

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Tell your partner who you would like to invite
1. Another word in the selection is company. to your house for company when you play.
Say it with me: company. Company means 6. Do you like to have company when you watch
“people who are together with you.” Playing TV? Why or why not? Use this sentence to
alone is not as much fun as playing with talk to your partner about it: I like/do not like
company. to have company when I watch TV because
2. En español, company quiere decir ”las .
personas que están junto a ti, compañía.” 7. Now let’s say company together three more
Jugar sólo no es tan divertido como jugar en la times: company, company, company.
compañía de alguien.
3. Company in English and compañía in Spanish
word company. (Point to the children in
the photo.) See all of the children. They are
company that the birthday girl invited to her
party. It is fun to have company at a party.
98
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Christina Kennedy/Alamy Images. (b) © Purestock/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 construct
Word 4 entire
Key Vocabulary Word 3 construct

1. Another word in the selection is contruct. Say someone constructing. (Point to the paper
it with me: construct. To construct means “to chain in the photo.) This teacher is showing
make or build.” When we make a building the children how to construct paper chains.
with blocks, we construct the building. What Then she will give the children the things they
else can we construct with blocks? (Examples need to construct or make their own paper
include: city, tower, castle) chains.
2. En español, to construct quiere decir ”hacer 5. Let’s pretend we are constructing paper
una construcción, construir.” Cuando hacemos chains like the children in the photo. First we
una torre con cubos estamos construyendo la cut the paper. Then we glue it into a circle.
torre. ¿Qué otras cosas podemos construir con Now we cut another piece and put it through
nuestros cubos? (una ciudad, un edificio, un our first circle.
castillo) 6. Now let’s pretend we are constructing a big
3. To construct in English and construir in castle with our blocks. Let’s take our time
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost because we don’t want our castle to collapse!
the same and mean the same thing in both 7. Now let’s say construct together three more
languages. times: construct, construct, construct.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 entire

1. Another word in the selection is entire. Say word entire. (Point to the daffodils in the
it with me: entire. Entire means “all, or the photo.) See the flowers. They are daffodils.
whole thing.” If all of the children in our class The whole meadow is covered with flowers.
are in the room, the entire class is in the room. The entire meadow has daffodils.
If you put your hand into a bowl of water, 5. Put a crayon on your desk. Let’s cover part of
your entire hand will be wet. the crayon with our hands. Now let’s cover the
2. En español, entire quiere decir ”todo o algo entire crayon. Can you still see the crayon? If
completo, entero.” Si todos los niños en you can see part of it, you did not cover the
nuestra clase están en el salón, la clase entera entire crayon.
está en el salón. Si pones tu mano en un plato 6. Only the boys stand up. Now sit down. Next,
hondo lleno de agua, tu mano entera quedará only the girls stand up. Now sit down. Get
mojada. ready. Now I want the entire group to stand
3. Entire in English and entero in Spanish are up. Good. Now I want the entire group to
cognates. They sound almost the same and sit down.
mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say entire together three more
times: entire, entire, entire.
100
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Purestock/Getty Images. (b) © Ron Nichols/USDA Natural Resources Conservation Service.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 material
Key Vocabulary Word 5 material

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. Talk to your partner about an art project you
1. Another word in the selection is material. made. Tell what materials you used. (Examples
Say it with me: material. Material means include: crayons, paint, paper, markers)
“something you need to make things.” The 6. Talk to your partner about the materials you
material you need to make clothing is cloth. need to do your homework. Use this sentence
The material you need to make a bookcase is frame: The materials I need to do homework
wood or metal. are .
2. En español, material quiere decir ”lo que 7. Now let’s say material together three more
necesitas para hacer cosas, material.” El times: material, material, material.
material que se necesita para hacer ropa es
tela. El material que se necesita para hacer una
estantería para tus libros es madera o metal.
3. Material in English and material in Spanish are
materials. (Point to the paper and crayons
in the photo.) These children are using art
materials to make pictures. The materials they
have are crayons and paper.
102
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Digital Vision/Ryan McVay/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 clean up
Unit 2 Week 4 The Pigs, the Wolf, and the Mud
Word 2 clean out

Word 1 clean up
1. In English, we use clean up to describe what 4. Tell your partner about a time you helped
people do when there is a mess. Say it with to clean up. What did you have to clean up?
me: clean up. Clean up means “tidy up or What did you do?
remove the dirt or mess.” After you cook, you 5. Look around the classroom. Tell your partner
should clean up the pots and pans. one thing you think should be cleaned up in
2. En español, to clean up quiere decir “limpiar, our room. Use the sentence: I think we should
lavar, poner en orden las cosas.” Después de clean up the .
cocinar, hay que lavar las ollas. 6. Repeat the words three times with me: clean
3. This picture shows the words clean up. This up, clean up, clean up.
family cleans up after dinner. They clear the
table and wash the dishes.
Word 2 clean out

1. In English, we use clean out to tell what we 4. I am going to say some sentences. Repeat
do when we empty something. Say it with each sentence. Replace the word empty with
me: clean out. Clean out means “to empty the words clean out.
or remove everything from a place.” Before I empty my desk.
washing the shelves, we will clean out the I empty my schoolbag.
refrigerator. I empty my lunchbox.
2. En español, to clean out quiere decir “vaciar, 5. Think about what the words clean out
desocupar un espacio, sacar lo que hay mean. I am going to describe some situations.
adentro.” Antes de limpiar el refrigerador hay If you think I am cleaning something out, clap
que sacar todo. and say, “You’re cleaning it out.” If not, say
3. This picture demonstrates the words clean nothing.
out. The children are helping to clean out the I’m taking all of the stuff out of the closet.
room. They are taking all of the papers out I’m putting all of my socks in the drawer.
and recycling them. I’m removing all of the dirt from the birdcage.
I’m filling a bag with groceries.
6. Repeat the words three times with me: clean
out, clean out, clean out.
104
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Corbis. (b) © Stockbyte/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 let in
Unit 2 Week 4 The Pigs, the Wolf, and the Mud
Word 4 fall in
Word 3 let in
1. In English, we use let in to describe what we 4. I’ll say the name of someone or something.
do when someone wants to enter a place. Say Say “Let in,” if you would let them into your
it with me: let in. Let in means “do something house. Say “Not let in,” if you would not.
to help or allow someone to enter.” If a visitor your best friend
knocks on our door, we let in the visitor by a tiger
opening the door. a member of your family
2. En español, to let in quiere decir “permitir your dog
que algo o alguien entre.” Si una visita toca a stranger
la puerta, lo dejamos entrar si le abrimos la 5. I’m going to describe some actions. Raise your
puerta. hand and say “Let in,” if I am telling about
3. This picture shows the words let in. The store letting someone or something in. Do nothing
owner is opening the door for his customers. if I am not.
He wants to let in the customers who come to I’m opening the door for my friend to come in.
his store. I’m opening the cage for the bird to fly in.
I’m opening the door so my friend can leave.
I’m opening the door for the bird to fly away.
6. Repeat the words three times with me: let in,
let in, let in.
Word 4 fall in
1. In English, we use fall in to describe what 4. Suppose you are walking on a wooden floor
might happen to a weak building or other and the floor falls in. Tell why this might
kind of structure. Say it with me: fall in. Fall in happen. Start your discussion with the
means “cave in, collapse, or fall down.” If the sentence: The floor might fall in
wind blows too hard, a tent may fall in. if .
2. En español, to fall in quiere decir “derrumbarse, 5. What might cause a roof of a house to fall
desplomarse, caerse.” Con un viento fuerte, in? Think of as many reasons as you can, and
una carpa puede desplomarse. discuss them with your partner. (Examples
3. This picture shows the words fall in. Look include: storms, snow, wind, termites)
at what happened to the roof of the house. 6. Repeat the words three times with me: fall in,
Something caused the roof to fall in. fall in, fall in.
106
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Longview/Getty Images. (b) © Kirk Anderson/Jupiterimages.
Basic Words
Unit 2 Week 4
litter, mud, mess,
The Pigs, the Wolf, and the Mud
dust, trash, smell
litter mud mess
dust trash smell
ROUTINE
107
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc./Jill Braaten. (tc) © Photographer’s Choice/Getty/PunchStock. (tr) © Pixtal/PunchStock.
(bl) © Jupiterimages/Comstock Images/Alamy Images. (bm) © Image Source/PunchStock. (br) © Image Source/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 entertain
Unit 2 Week 5 Beth and the Band
Word 2 perform
Key Vocabulary Word 1 entertain

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that shows children
1. One word in the selection is entertain. Say trying to entertain. (Point to the children in
it with me: entertain. To entertain means the photo.) These children entertain people
“to amuse someone or hold their interest.” by dressing up and putting on a play. Maybe
A funny cartoon entertains most children. they are singing songs, too. These children
You can entertain people by telling them an entertain the people who watch them act and
interesting story or a joke. sing.
2. En español, to entertain quiere decir “divertir a 5. Sometimes we have to think of things to
alguien o mantener su atención, entretener.” entertain ourselves. Tell your partner what
Una caricatura graciosa entretiene a la you do at home to entertain yourself. What do
mayoría de niños. Uno puede entretener a you do to have fun? (Examples include: read,
alguien refiriéndole un cuento o un chiste. play outside, watch TV, draw pictures)
3. To entertain in English and entretener in 6. Imagine a friend is coming to your house to
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost visit you. Talk to your partner about what you
the same and mean the same thing in both can do to entertain your friend.
languages. 7. Now let’s say entertain together three more
times: entertain, entertain, entertain.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 perform

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s pretend we are performing in a band.
1. Another word in the selection is perform. Say Think of the instrument you want to play.
it with me: perform. To perform means “to Now let’s all perform in the show.
put on some kind of show; to use your talent 5. Now let’s pretend we are a group of dancers.
in front of people.” Singers perform on stage. Think about what kind of dance you would
Guitar players perform in concerts. Actors like to perform. Now, let’s perform our dances.
perform in plays. 6. Now let’s say perform together three more
2. En español, to perform quiere decir “participar times: perform, perform, perform.
en un espectáculo, mostrar tu talento en
frente de otras personas.” En un espectáculo,
los cantantes cantan, los guitarristas
interpretan y los actores actúan. Cada uno
muestra su talento en un espectáculo.
people performing. (Point to the clarinet
players in the photo.) These people are playing
clarinets. They perform in an orchestra. They
play their music for others to hear.
110
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Dirk Anschutz/Stone/Getty Images. (b) © The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc./Andrew Resek.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 brilliant
Word 4 audience
Key Vocabulary Word 3 brilliant

1. Another word in the selection is brilliant. Say it something that is brilliant. (Point to the girl in
with me: brilliant. Brilliant means “very bright, the photo.) This girl will solve a math problem
smart, talented, or skillful.“ If a basketball that is very difficult. She knows she can do it
player makes the basket that wins the game, because she is very smart. She is brilliant!
that player makes a brilliant play. If you 5. Talk to your partner about a game or sport
think of a way to solve a problem, you have a you saw. Tell your partner about the most
brilliant idea. brilliant play in the game.
2. En español, brilliant quiere decir “destacado 6. Tell your partner about someone you think
por inteligencia o talento, brillante.” Si un is brilliant. Tell what the person does that
jugador de baloncesto anota el punto ganador is brilliant. Use this sentence frame to
del partido, ese jugador ha hecho una jugada help: I think is a brilliant
brillante. Si solucionas un problema difícil, .
eres brillante. 7. Now let’s say brilliant together three more
3. Brilliant in English and brillante in Spanish are times: brilliant, brilliant, brilliant.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 audience

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that shows an
1. Another word in the selection is audience. Say audience. (Point to the clown.) Look at the
it with me: audience. Audience means “the clown. He is performing. He’s making a
people who are watching a show.” When you balloon animal. (Point to the children.) The
go to a movie, you are in the audience. When children are watching him perform. The
you watch a television program, you are part children are the audience.
of the audience. 5. Let’s take turns being an audience. First, I’ll
2. En español, audience quiere decir ”las pretend to play a guitar in a band. You be the
personas que ven un espectáculo, audiencia.” audience. (Act out playing a guitar.) Did you
Cuando vas al cine, eres parte de la audiencia. like the show? When the audience likes the
Cuando ves un programa en la televisión, eres show, they clap.
parte de la audiencia del programa. 6. Now take turns being the audience with your
3. Audience in English and audiencia in Spanish partner. First one partner will pretend to sing,
are cognates. They sound almost the same dance, or play an instrument. The other will
and mean the same thing in both languages. act out being the audience. Then switch roles
and act out the other part.
7. Now let’s say audience together three more
times: audience, audience, audience.
112
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Image Source Black/Getty Images. (b) © Digital vision/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 enjoy
Key Vocabulary Word 5 enjoy

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Talk to your partner about what you enjoy at
1. Another word in the selection is enjoy. Say it school. Do you enjoy playing outside? Which
with me: enjoy. Enjoy means “to have fun or do you enjoy more, art or music?
to like a lot.” If you like to swim, you enjoy 5. Tell your partner about a place you enjoy
swimming. If you like to read, you enjoy visiting. Why do you enjoy this place?
reading. If you like pizza, you enjoy pizza. 6. Now let’s say enjoy together three more times:
2. En español, to enjoy quiere decir “sacar enjoy, enjoy, enjoy.
diversión o gusto de algo, disfrutar.” Si te
gusta nadar, disfrutas la natación. Si te gusta
leer, disfrutas la lectura. Si te gusta la pizza,
disfrutas mucho al comer una pizza.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows people
enjoying something. (Point to the children
in the photo.) These children are eating
watermelon. They enjoy watermelon. How
can you tell that they enjoy watermelon?
(They are smiling.)
114
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stockbyte/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 put on
Word 2 put away

Word 1 put on
1. In English, we use put on to describe what 4. Let’s pretend to put on a concert. Get ready
people who entertain us do. Say it with to play your favorite instrument and then let’s
me: put on. Put on means “to present put on our concert.
entertainment of some kind.” The school 5. Now let’s pretend to put on a play. Partners
band will put on a concert for the school. can take turns coming up on stage and
2. En español, to put on quiere decir “presentar pretend to act in a play for the rest of the
un espectáculo o una función, como un children. We can all have turns to put on our
concierto o una obra de teatro.” La orquesta pretend play.
de la escuela presentará un concierto. 6. Repeat the words three times with me: put on,
3. This picture shows the words put on. It shows put on, put on.
two girls in fancy dresses who put on a show.
The show is for their family and friends.
Word 2 put away

1. In English, we use put away to tell what we 4. I am going to describe some situations. Then I
can do with things that need to be put back. will ask a question. Answer “yes” or “no.”
Say it with me: put away. Put away means I took the books off the shelf to clean the
“return things to where they belong.” When shelf. After I clean the shelf, should I put away
we finish playing, we should put away the books?
our toys. We are hungry, so I made a pizza. Should I put
2. En español, to put away quiere decir “guardar away the pizza?
las cosas en su lugar.” Después de jugar, hay I washed and dried my clothes. Should I put
que guardar nuestros juguetes. away my clothes?
3. This picture shows the words put away. At the 5. Think about what the words put away mean.
end of the day, the teacher puts the toys back I am going to describe some situations. If
into the box where they belong. She wants to you think I am putting away something, clap
put away all the toys. and say, “You’re putting it away!” If not, say
nothing.
I’m drying a spoon and putting it into a
drawer.
I’m taking my coat out of the closet and
putting it on me.
I’m taking off my hat and hanging it up.
I’m closing the jar of pickles and putting it in
the refrigerator.
6. Repeat the words three times with me: put
away, put away, put away.
116
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Digital Vision/PunchStock. (b) © BananaStock/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 sing with
Word 4 sing along

Word 3 sing with
1. In English, we use sing with when someone 4. Let’s pretend we are singing with a band.
sings along with the music. Say it with me: Some of us can pretend to be the band. The
sing with. Sing with means “use your voice to rest of us will sing with you.
make music as someone plays an instrument.” 5. Now let’s work in pairs. Take turns pretending
The girl sings with the boy who plays the to sing with your partner who is playing the
piano. guitar.
2. En español, to sing with quiere decir 6. Repeat the words three times with me: sing
“acompañar cantando a alguien que toca un with, sing with, sing with.
instrumento musical.” La cantante acompaña
al niño que toca el piano.
3. This picture shows the words sing with. It
shows people singing with the piano player.
Word 4 sing along

1. In English, we use sing along to describe what 4. Think about what sing along means. Then
we do in a group. Say it with me: sing along. answer each question by saying “yes” or “no.”
Sing along means “make music with your When you sing along, do you sing alone?
voice together in a group.” I like to sing along When people sing along, do they sing the
with the choir. same song?
2. En español, to sing along quiere decir “cantar Can three people sing along in a group?
en un grupo.” Me gusta cantar con el coro. 5. I’ll name some groups. If I name a group in
3. This picture shows the words sing along. It which people sing along, say “sing along.” If
shows the members of the choir who sing not, say nothing.
along together. a choir
a baseball team
a reading club
a singing group
6. Repeat the words three times with me: sing
along, sing along, sing along.
118
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Bananastock/Jupiterimages. (b) © Macmillan/McGraw-Hill.
Basic Words
Unit 2 Week 5
music, band, drum,
Beth and the Band
guitar, song, instruments
music band drum
guitar song instruments
ROUTINE
119
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © imageshop/PunchStock. (tc) © Digital Vision/PunchStock. (tr) © C Squared Studios/Getty Images/Getty Images.
(bl) © Ingram Publishing/Fotosearch Stock Photography. (bm) © Digital Vision/age fotostock. (br) © Reed Kaestner/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 amuse
Unit 3 Week 1 On My Way to School
Word 2 delighted
Key Vocabulary Word 1 amuse

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Think about a funny story you read. Tell your
1. One word in the selection is amuse. Say it partner what happened in the story to amuse
with me: amuse. To amuse means “to make you.
someone laugh or to entertain them.” You 5. Think about how you would amuse a puppy.
can amuse people in many different ways. For Would you amuse the puppy the same way
example, you can amuse people by singing to you would amuse a friend? Talk to your
them or telling jokes. partner about the different ways you would
2. En español, to amuse quiere decir “hacer que amuse a puppy and a friend.
alguien se ría o entretener a una persona, 6. Now let’s say amuse together three more
divertir.” Puedes entretener a una persona times: amuse, amuse, amuse.
cantándole o contándole chistes.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows what it
is like to amuse. (Point to the lion’s mask in the
photo.) See the lion’s mask on this child’s head.
It’s funny to see a lion on top of someone’s
head. Funny things like this amuse us.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 delighted

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. We can use our faces to show we are
1. Another word in the selection is delighted. Say delighted. Let’s pretend we just made a
it with me: delighted. Delighted means “very beautiful picture and we are delighted. We
pleased or happy.” When good things happen can use a big smile to show that we are
to us we are delighted. We can also be delighted delighted.
or happy to do good things for others. 5. We can also show we are delighted by
2. En español, delighted quiere decir “estar clapping. Let’s pretend we just saw a great
muy contento o satisfecho, encantado.” show and we are delighted. Let’s clap to show
Cuando nos pasan cosas buenas nos sentimos how pleased and delighted we are.
encantados. 6. Now let’s say delighted together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture of people that are times: delighted, delighted, delighted.
delighted. (Point to the children hugging in
the photo.) Something happened that made
these children so happy they are hugging
each other. They are delighted. What might
have happened that made them delighted?
(Examples include: They won a game.)
122
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Sean Justice/Corbis. (b) © amana productions inc./Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 humorous
Word 4 mood
Key Vocabulary Word 3 humorous

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Look at the photo again. Tell your partner
1. Another word in the selection is humorous. what you think is humorous about it.
Say it with me: humorous. Humorous means (Examples include: hat on dog, wrinkled skin,
“funny or silly.” Jokes are humorous. They sad faces, dog as a bride, dog as a groom,
make us laugh. Some cartoons are funny, or tongue sticking out)
humorous, too. 5. What is the most humorous show you have
2. En español, humorous quiere decir “gracioso ever seen? Tell your partner about it. Use this
o chistoso.” Los chistes son graciosos. Nos sentence frame: The most humorous show I
hacen reír. Algunas caricaturas son graciosas have seen is .
también. 6. Now let’s say humorous together three more
3. Now let’s look at a humorous picture. (Point times: humorous, humorous, humorous.
to the dogs in the photo.) These dogs look
very funny. They are wearing costumes.
Dogs do not usually wear costumes. This is a
humorous picture because it makes us laugh.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 mood

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s pretend we are in a silly mood like the
1. Another word in the selection is mood. Say it girls in the photo. Let’s make silly faces to
with me: mood. Mood means “how you feel in show we are in a silly mood.
your mind.” If you feel happy, you are in a happy 5. Sometimes we are very serious and do not
mood. If you feel sad, you are in a sad mood. want to laugh. Let’s pretend we are in a
2. En español, mood quiere decir “cómo serious mood. Let’s make faces to show our
te sientes en tu mente, humor.” Si estás serious mood.
contento, estás de buen humor. Si te sientes 6. Now let’s say mood together three more
fastidiado o enojado, estás de mal humor. times: mood, mood, mood.
someone’s mood. (Point to the girls making
faces in the photo.) These girls are making
silly faces. You can tell what kind of mood
they are in. They are in a happy mood or a silly
mood. What might they do if they were in a
sad mood? (Examples include: cry, look sad)
124
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (b) © Imagestate/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 ridiculous
Key Vocabulary Word 5 ridiculous

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. Talk to your partner about another thing
1. One word in the selection is ridiculous. Say that would be ridiculous for an animal to do.
it with me: ridiculous. Ridiculous means “so (Examples include: go to the movies, drive a
silly it could not or should not really happen.” bus, sing a song)
It is ridiculous to think a dog can talk. It is 6. Tell your partner one thing that would be
ridiculous to think a first grader can drive a car. ridiculous to wear to school. (Examples
2. En español, ridiculous quiere decir “tan tonto include: a swimming suit, a bride’s gown, an
que no podría ocurrir en vida real, ridículo.” Es animal costume)
ridículo pensar que un perro pueda hablar. Es 7. Now let’s say ridiculous together three more
ridículo pensar que un niño de primero pueda times: ridiculous, ridiculous, ridiculous.
manejar un carro.
3. Ridiculous in English and ridículo in Spanish
something ridiculous. (Point to the frog
with a crown in the photo.) Remember the
story about a princess who kisses a frog and
the frog changes into a prince? This picture
shows a frog with a crown on its head as if it
is a prince or a king. This is ridiculous. A frog
cannot be a king.
126
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 late
Word 2 early
Word 1 late
1. In English, we use late to describe a time of 4. I am going to describe some situations. If they
day. Say it with me: late. Late means “at night, happen when it is late say, “It is late.” If not,
way after the day is done.” If you go to bed say nothing.
too late you will be tired in the morning. The sun is high in the sky.
2. En español, late quiere decir “tarde; noche; The stars are out.
cuando ha terminado el día.” Si te acuestas I am eating breakfast.
tarde, estarás cansado en la mañana. It is dark out and I am fast asleep.
3. This picture shows the word late. It shows 5. Now I am going to say some words. If the
a mom reading to her children in bed late word tells what it is like when it is late, say
at night. “yes,” If not, say “no.”
dark
night
bright
sunny
6. Repeat the word three times with me: late,
late, late.
Word 2 early
1. In English, we use early to describe a time of 4. I am going to describe some situations. If they
day. Say it with me: early. Early means “in the happen when it is early say, “It is early.” If
morning, first time of the day.” The sun comes not, say nothing.
up early in the morning. We can see the sunrise.
2. En español, early quiere decir “temprano; en The stars are out.
la mañana; al comenzar el día.” El sol sale I am eating breakfast.
temprano en la mañana. It is dark out and I am fast asleep.
3. This picture shows the word early. It shows a 5. Now I am going to say two words. Say which
family eating breakfast, so we know it is early word tells about the word early as a time
in the day. Most people eat breakfast early. of day.
morning or evening
dark or light
breakfast or dinner
moonlight or sunlight
6. Repeat the word three times with me: early,
early, early.
128
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Purestock/PunchStock. (b) © Stockbyte/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 hop in
Word 4 zip away

Word 3 hop in
1. In English, we use hop in to tell how to enter 4. I’ll name some things we can hop in. Repeat
a vehicle. Say it with me: hop in. Hop in means each sentence after me.
“jump in or get quickly into a vehicle such as a We hop in a car.
car or bus.” Hop in the car and we will go for We hop on the train.
a ride. We hop on a bus.
2. En español, to hop in quiere decir “subirse We hop on the plane.
rápidamente a un vehículo, como un coche 5. I will say some sentences. Raise your hand
o un autobús.” Súbete al coche y vamos if the sentence has the same meaning as “I
a dar una vuelta. hopped in a car.” Do nothing if it does not.
3. This picture shows the words hop in. It shows I quickly got in the car.
people in a horse drawn carriage. They are I got out of the car.
waiting for some more riders to hop in. Then I slowly entered the car.
they will all go for a ride. I jumped into the car.
6. Repeat the words three times with me: hop in,
hop in, hop in.
Word 4 zip away

1. In English, we use zip away to describe how 4. Let’s pretend we are waiting for the stoplight
we move. Say it with me: zip away. Zip away to change. When it turns green, we will zip
means “to move on quickly.” As soon as the away. I’ll tell you when it turns green. Get
last passenger gets on the bus, it will zip ready. It turned green! Now let’s zip away.
away. 5. Let’s pretend we are getting on a school bus.
2. En español, to zip away quiere decir “salir One by one, let’s all get on. Once we all get
como disparado; salir como un rayo.” En on, we will zip away. Get ready. Everybody
cuanto se sube el último pasajero, el autobús hop in the school bus. Okay, now let’s zip
sale disparado. away.
3. This picture shows the words zip away. These 6. Repeat the words three times with me: zip
people are riding on a roller coaster. As soon away, zip away, zip away.
as they get on the roller coaster, it zips away.
It quickly goes down the tracks.
130
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Royalty-Free/Corbis. (b) © Purestock/Getty Images.
Basic Words
Unit 3 Week 1
boat, bus, cart,
On My Way to School
bicycle, car, jeep
boat bus cart
bicycle car jeep
ROUTINE
131
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © VisionsofAmerica/Joe Sohm/Digital Vision/Getty Images. (tc) © Lars Niki/Macmillan/McGraw-Hill. (tr) © Steve Estvanik/Corbis.
(bl) © Kenneth McCray/SuperStock. (bm) © D. Hurst/Alamy Images. (br) © Truitt Photographics/Index Stock Imagery.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 connections
Unit 3 Week 2 Smile, Mike!
Word 2 possessions
Key Vocabulary Word 1 connections

1. One word in the selection is connections. word connections. (Point to the teacher in
Say it with me: connections. Connections the photo.) The teacher is making connections
mean “the relations between things.” When with her student by talking to her and showing
you make a connection in your mind, you her things. The teacher is making connections or
understand the relation between things. A getting together with her student.
book with pictures shows the connections 5. When you make connections with people,
between the story and the pictures. You see you do things with them because you have
how the pictures go together with the story. a relationship. Talk with your partner about
You see the connection. how you make connections with other
2. En español, connections quiere decir “unión children in your class. (We talk together. We
o relación de dos cosas, conexiones.” Cuando play together. We help each other.)
lees un libro con dibujos, haces conexiones 6. We can make connections with people who
entre los dibujos y el cuento. Ves cómo los live far away from us. Tell your partner one
dibujos van con la historia. way you can make connections with someone
3. Connections in English and conexiones in who lives far away. (Examples include: writing
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost letters or e-mail, talking on the telephone)
the same and mean the same thing in both 7. Now let’s say connections together three more
languages. times: connections, connections, connections.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 possessions

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Possessions means more than one thing. But
1. Another word in the selection is possessions. sometimes we have one favorite possession.
Say it with me: possessions. Possessions means Talk to your partner about your favorite
“things we own, things that belong to us.” possession.
Some of our possessions are our clothes, our 6. It is important to take care of your
toys, and our furniture. possessions. Tell your partner which
2. En español, possessions quiere decir “las possessions you take care of and what you
cosas que te pertenecen, que son tuyas; do to take care of them. (Examples include:
posesiones.” Nuestra ropa y nuestros juguetes Clothes—I take off my good clothes when I
son algunas de nuestras posesiones. play. Toys—I put my toys away when I am
finished playing with them.)
3. Possessions in English and posesiones in Spanish
are cognates. They sound almost the same and 7. Now let’s say possessions together three more
mean the same thing in both languages. times: possessions, possessions, possessions.
word possessions. (Point to the toys in the
photo.) These toys are someone’s possessions.
What other possessions do you see in the
photo? (clothes, towels)
134
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Bananastock/PunchStock. (b) © Digital Vision/Thomas Northcut/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 relief
Word 4 support
Key Vocabulary Word 3 relief

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Pretend you have been working hard for a
1. Another word in the selection is relief. Say it long time doing homework. Tell your partner
with me: relief. Relief means “something that what you would do for some relief.
ends a tiring or painful event.” Medicine can 5. Imagine you are at a party that is too noisy.
give you relief from a cold. Food gives you Tell your partner what you will do for relief.
relief from being hungry. Use this sentence frame: To get relief from the
2. En español, relief quiere decir “descanso de un noise I will .
evento cansón o doloroso, alivio.” La medicina 6. Now let’s say relief together three more times:
te brinda alivio cuando estás enfermo. La relief, relief, relief.
comida te da alivio del hambre.
word relief. (Point to the sleeping child the
photo.) This child is asleep. Sleep gives us
relief from being tired. When we work hard
we need relief. Sleep is a good relief from
hard work.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 support

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner how you can support a friend
1. Another word in the selection is support. Say who needs help reading a story.
it with me: support. To support means “to 5. Talk to your partner about a time you needed
help or hold up.” If you are having trouble help. Who supported you? What did they do?
doing something it is nice to have someone 6. Now let’s say support together three more
support you. Your family supports you when times: support, support, support.
you need help. Friends support each other.
2. En español, support quiere decir “ayudar
o sostener algo, apoyar.” Tu familia y tus
amigos te apoyan cuando necesitas ayuda.
someone giving support. (Point to the teacher
helping the boy in the photo.) The teacher is
helping the boy do his work. This is how the
teacher supports the student. Who supports
you when you need help with your work
in school?
136
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Riser/Bruce Laurance/Getty Images. (b) © Bananastock/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 typical
Key Vocabulary Word 5 typical

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s all pretend we are cats. When we act
1. Another word in the selection is typical. Say it like cats, we are doing the movements of a
with me: typical. Typical means “usual, what typical cat.
is expected.” It is typical for a dog to bark if 6. Pretend someone just told us a very funny
it is excited. joke. What is it typical to do when you hear a
2. En español, typical quiere decir “normal, lo funny joke? (laugh) Let’s act typical after we
que se espera de algo o alguien.” Que un heard the joke.
perro ladre cuando se emociona es típico. 7. Now let’s say typical together three more
3. Typical in English and típico in Spanish are times: typical, typical, typical.
it is like to be typical. (Point to the children
laughing in the photo.) Children like to laugh
and be silly. These children are being typical.
They are having fun like children usually do.
138
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Imagestate/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 here we are
Word 2 here I am
Word 1 here we are
1. In English, we use here we are to let people 4. I am going to describe some situations.
know where a group is. Say it with me: here Pretend you are in the situation. Say, “Here
we are. Here we are means “two or more we are,” if that’s what you might say. If not,
people are at a specific place.” The guests for say nothing.
dinner said, “Here we are,” when they arrived. You and your family go to someone’s house
2. En español, here we are quiere decir “aquí for dinner. You knock on the door. The door
estamos.” Se usa para decir dónde están opens and you say .
dos o más personas. Los invitados a la cena You go to the store by yourself. You walk in
anunciaron, “Aquí estamos.” and say .
3. This picture shows the phrase here we are. It You and your friend are hiding behind a
shows children arriving for a birthday party tree. Another friend calls out “Where are
saying, “Here we are with your birthday you?” You and your friend jump out and say
presents.” .
5. Answer each question with “yes” or “no”
If you walk into your bedroom, would you say
“Here we are”?
If you and your friends want to let your
teacher know where you are, would you say,
“Here we are”?
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: here
we are, here we are, here we are.
Word 2 here I am
1. In English, we use here I am to let people 4. I am going to describe some situations.
know where you are. Say it with me: here Pretend you are in the situation. Say, “Here I
I am. Here I am means “you are at a specific am,” if that is what you might say. If not, say
place.” When your friend looks for you, stand nothing.
up and say, “Here I am.” Three friends come to a party. They open the
2. En español, here I am quiere decir “aquí door and they say .
estoy.” Se usa para decir dónde estás. Cuando You go to your friend’s house. You walk in and
te busca un amigo, ponte de pie y dile, say .
“Aquí estoy.” You are sitting at the computer. Your teacher
3. This picture shows the phrase here I am. It calls out, “Where are you?” You stand up and
shows a girl peeking over an umbrella. She say .
is saying, “Here I am.” 5. Answer each question “yes” or “no.”
If your friends are looking for you, would you
say, “Here I am”?
If you and your friends walk into a store,
would you say, “Here I am”?
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: here
I am, here I am, here I am.
140
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stockdisc/PunchStock. (b) © Laurence Mouton/PhotoAlto/Jupiterimages.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 look at
Word 4 look up
Word 3 look at
1. In English, we use look at to describe 4. Think about what look at means. I’m going
something we do with our eyes. Say it with to describe some situations. If you think
me: look at. Look at means “to watch or the person I am talking about is looking at
stare.” When we go to the toy store, I like to something, say “look at.” If not, say nothing.
look at all the toys. The boy is watching a play.
2. En español, to look at quiere decir “mirar u The girl is sleeping.
observar.” Cuando vamos a la juguetería me The dog stares at the cat.
gusta mirar todos los juguetes. We watch the teacher read a book.
3. This picture shows the words look at. It shows 5. I’m going to say some words. If they mean
two children watching another child who is “look at,” clap and say, “look at.” If not, say
working on something. They look at what the nothing.
child is doing. stare
watch
view
sleep
see
6. Repeat the words three times with me: look
at, look at, look at.
Word 4 look up
1. In English, we use look up to describe how we 4. Let’s look up at different parts of the room.
use our eyes. Say it with me: look up. Look up Let’s look up at the top of the board. Now
means “watch something that is higher, raise let’s look up at the flag. Now let’s look up at
your eyes.” The teacher asked us to look up at the ceiling.
the board. 5. I’m going to look in different directions. Raise
2. En español, to look up quiere decir “mirar your hand whenever you see me look up.
hacia arriba; alzar la vista.” La maestra nos (Look up, down, to the right, and left several
pidió que alzáramos la vista para ver bien times. Have children take turns looking in
el pizarrón. different directions as well.)
3. This picture shows the words look up. The 6. Repeat the words three times with me: look
teacher and student are looking up at up, look up, look up.
something above them. You can see that they
are looking up because their heads and eyes
are raised.
142
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (b) © Sean Justice/Corbis.
Basic Words
Unit 3 Week 2
clap, sing, whine,
Smile, Mike!
quack, cry, laugh
clap sing whine
quack cry laugh
ROUTINE
143
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Photodisc/Getty Images. (tc) © © Digital Vision/Getty Images. (tr) © Ryan Smith/Somos/Jupiterimages.
(bl) © Alley Cat Productions/Brand X Pictures/Jupiterimages. (bm) © VStock LLC/age fotostock. (br) © Blend Images/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 complicated
Unit 3 Week 3 Masks! Masks! Masks!
Word 2 original
Key Vocabulary Word 1 complicated

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s play follow the leader. I’ll show you
1. One word in the selection is complicated. Say a complicated move, then you follow.
it with me: complicated. Complicated means (Demonstrate a complicated series of
“made up of many parts.” A puzzle that has movements such as clapping, jumping, and
many pieces is complicated. A puzzle with waving with one hand then the other.)
only two pieces is not complicated. 6. Let’s make a complicated design on a sheet
2. En español, complicated quiere decir “que of paper. (Provide crayons and paper for
tiene muchas partes o piezas, difícil de children.) Then share your complicated
entender, complicado.” Un rompecabezas designs with the class.
de muchas piezas es complicado. Uno de dos 7. Now let’s say complicated together three
piezas es fácil, no es complicado. more times: complicated, complicated,
3. Complicated in English and complicado in complicated.
languages.
word complicated. (Point to the rug in the
photo.) This rug has many different drawings
in the pattern. The design on the rug is
complicated. If the rug were just one color,
the design would not be complicated.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 original

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Tell your partner about something you made
1. Another word in the selection is original. Say that is original. (Examples include: pictures,
it with me: original. Original means “the first paintings, stories)
one or one of a kind.” The first school you 6. Work with your partner to make up an
went to was your original school. The country original dance, song, or rhyme. Then perform
where you were born is your original country. your original creation for the class.
2. En español, original quiere decir “el primero 7. Now let’s say original together three more
o el único, original.” El primer colegio al que times: original, original, original.
fuiste fue tu colegio original. El país donde
naciste es tu país original.
3. Original in English and original in Spanish are
4. Now let’s look at a picture that shows an
original work. (Point to the painting in the
photo.) This girl painted this picture. She
didn’t copy it. This picture has never been
painted before. It is an original picture.
146
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Wetzel & Company. (b) © Digital Vision/Alistair Berg/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 talented
Word 4 astonishing
Key Vocabulary Word 3 talented

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner what you are talented in.
1. Another word in the selection is talented. Say What can you do well? Use the sentence
it with me: talented. Talented means “being frame: I am talented in .
very good at doing a certain thing, skillful.” 5. Talk with your partner about someone you
Some people are talented at singing. They saw who is talented. Tell how you could tell
sing well. Some people are talented in math. that person was talented.
They are very good at math. 6. Now let’s say talented together three more
2. En español, talented quiere decir “muy bueno times: talented, talented, talented.
haciendo algo, dotado.” Algunas personas
están dotadas para el canto. Cantan muy bien.
Otra son dotadas en las matemáticas. Son muy
buenos para las matemáticas.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows a
talented person. (Point to the boy playing
the violin in the photo.) This boy can play the
violin. He knows how to play the violin well.
He is talented.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 astonishing

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Think about something that surprised you in
1. Another word in the selection is astonishing. a movie or TV show. Tell your partner about
Say it with me: astonishing. Astonishing something astonishing you saw in the show.
means “surprising, not expected.” It would 5. Think about what kind of food you like
be astonishing if a baby knew how to read and what kind you do not like. Talk to your
a book. It would also be astonishing if it partner about what would be astonishing for
snowed in the summer. you to eat. Use the sentence frame: If I ate
2. En español, astonishing quiere decir it would be astonishing.
“sorprendente, no esperado, asombrante.” 6. Now let’s say astonishing together three more
Sería asombrante ver a un bebé leer o ver times: astonishing, astonishing, astonishing.
nieve en el verano.
something astonishing. (Point to the sky in the
photo.) Look at the sky. This is not a typical
color for the sky. It is astonishing to see these
lights in the sky.
148
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Radius/PunchStock. (b) © Tom Walker/Stone/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 continue
Key Vocabulary Word 5 continue

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s clap our hands. Let’s continue until I say
1. Another word in the selection is continue. Say stop.
it with me: continue. To continue means “to 6. Let’s take turns marching around the room.
keep going, to not stop.” You continue to Continue to march until someone taps you on
learn new things in school. If you like a story, the shoulder. (Have children march, one at a
you continue to read it until the end. time. Choose a child to tap the marcher on the
2. En español, to continue quiere decir “seguir shoulder and continue to march until he or
haciendo algo, no parar, continuar.”Si te gusta she is tapped.)
un libro, continúas leyéndolo hasta su fin. 7. Now let’s say continue together three more
3. To continue in English and continuar in times: continue, continue, continue.
languages.
something that continues. (Point to the winding
road in the photo.) This road continues on for a
long way. We cannot see the end of the road.
It continues around the turn.
150
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 make out of
Unit 3 Week 3 Masks All Over the World
Word 2 make up
Word 1 make out of
1. In English, we use make out of to tell about 4. (Point to a wooden object, such as a chair and
what we do with different kinds of materials. say, “This chair is made out of wood.”) Tell
Say it with me: make out of. Make out of your partner about other things that we can
means “to create something from a specific make out of wood. Use the sentence: We can
material.” We can make model airplanes out make out of wood.
of plastic. 5. Talk with your partner about different things
2. En español, to make out of quiere decir “crear you have made in art class or at home. What
o armar algo de un material específico.” did you make? What did you make them
Modemos armar aviones de plástico. out of? (Examples include: decorations out
3. This picture shows the words make out of. of paper, bowls out of clay, bracelets out of
Look what the boy can make out of clay. beads)
What can you make out of clay? 6. Repeat the words three times with me: make
out of, make out of, make out of.
Word 2 make up
1. In English, we use make up to tell about 4. Look back at the picture. Talk to your partner
something we create. Say it with me: make about what art supplies the girl used to make
up. Make up means “to create or invent.” up her decoration. Then tell how you would
The class will make up a new display for the make up a decoration of your own.
bulleting board. 5. Ask and answer yes or no questions about
2. En español, to make up quiere decir “montar, what you and your partner have made up. Use
crear o inventar.” La clase va a montar una this sentence frame for your questions: Did
presentación en el tablero de anuncios. you ever make up your own ?
3. This picture shows the words make up. It (Examples include: song, play, sentence,
shows that this girl was able to make up her picture, dance, story)
own decoration. 6. Repeat the words three times with me: make
up, make up, make up.
152
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (b) © Creatas/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 put on
Unit 3 Week 3 Masks All Over the World
Word 4 put aside

Word 3 put on
1. In English, we use put on to tell what we do 4. I’ll describe some actions. Say, “You put it
with clothes. Say it with me: put on. Put on on,” if you think I did. Say, “You did not put it
means “to wear something.” I put on my coat on,” if I didn’t.
before I went outside. I placed my hat on my head.
2. En español, to put on quiere decir “ponerse I wore a new jacket to school.
ropa.” Me pongo el abrigo antes de salir. I put my shirt in the drawer.
3. This picture shows the words put on. The I tied my scarf around my neck.
children put on costumes for the school play. 5. I’m going to say some items and then ask a
This girl puts on lipstick, too. question. Answer “yes” or “no.”
A shoe: Can you put it on?
A watch: Can you put it on?
A house: Can you put it on?
A lion: Can you put it on?
A helmet: Can you put it on?
6. Repeat the words three times with me: put it
on, put it on, put it on.
Word 4 put aside

1. In English, we use put aside to tell what we 4. Let’s pretend we are reading a book. Then
do if we do not need something right away. when I stand up, let’s put aside our books
Say it with me: put aside. Put aside means “to and pretend to get ready to write.
place away from or to take something and 5. Pretend you are playing checkers with your
put it in another place.” If you do not need to partner. Each time you make a move, pretend
write, you can put aside your pencil. you win one checker. Put aside each checker
2. En español, to put aside quiere decir “poner you win.
a un lado; poner en un lugar distinto.” Si no 6. Repeat the words three times with me: put
vas a escribir nada, puedes poner tu lápiz a aside, put aside, put aside.
un lado.
3. This picture shows the words put aside. When
you play checkers, you put aside the checker
pieces that you win.
154
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Richard Lewisohn/Getty Images. (b) © Daniel Pangbourne/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Basic Words
Unit 3 Week 3
tear, paste, pop,
Masks! Masks! Masks!
tie, shake, fold
tear paste pop
tie shake fold
ROUTINE
155
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © JupiterImages/Brand X Pictures/Alamy Images. (tc) © BananaStock/Alamy Images. (tr) © PunchStock.
(bl) © Iain Masterton/Alamy Images. (bm) © Photodisc/PunchStock. (br) © Image Source Black/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 inspire
Unit 3 Week 4 Rose Robot Cleans Up
Word 2 resourceful
Key Vocabulary Word 1 inspire

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Think about people who you admire or like.
1. One word in the selection is inspire. Say it Do they inspire you to do something? Tell your
with me: inspire. To inspire means “to cause partner about someone who inspires you. Use
someone want to do something because of this sentence frame: inspires
what you do.” A good teacher can inspire me to .
children to work hard in school. People who 6. What do you like to do? Do you like to draw?
are kind inspire others to be kind, too. Do you like to read? Talk with your partner
2. En español, to inspire quiere decir “causar que about how you can inspire someone to do
alguien haga algo por tus acciones, inspirar.” what you like to do.
Un buen profesor inspira a los niños de su 7. Now let’s say inspire together three more
clase a que les vaya bien en sus estudios. times: inspire, inspire, inspire.
3. To inspire in English and inspirar in Spanish
word inspire. (Point to people cleaning up
in the photo.) These people are cleaning up
the land. Their good work can inspire other
people to help clean up, too.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 resourceful

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Think of a time you had to solve a problem
1. Another word in the selection is resourceful. at home and you were resourceful. Tell your
Say it with me: resourceful. Resourceful means partner about how you were resourceful.
“good at solving problems.” You need to be 5. Talk with your partner about when you might
resourceful to get in your house if you do not have to be resourceful at school. (Examples
have the key to the door. That means you need include: forgetting lunch, losing a book)
to figure out a good way to solve the problem. 6. Now let’s say resourceful together three more
2. En español, resourceful quiere decir “que times: resourceful, resourceful, resourceful.
resuelve problemas fácilmente, ingenioso.”
Si pierdes las llaves de tu casa tienes que ser
ingenioso para poder entrar. Es decir, tienes
que pensar cómo entrar a tu casa sin tus
llaves.
3. Now let’s look at the resourceful people in
the picture. (Point to the child on the sled in
the photo.) These people had to get this child
back to the house in the storm. They were
resourceful. They worked together to carry
the sled and put the child on top. That was a
great idea.
158
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Digital Vision/VisionsofAmerica/Joe Sohm/Getty Images. (b) © Photodisc/Steve Mason/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 structure
Word 4 create
Key Vocabulary Word 3 structure

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. Talk with your partner about the structure
1. Another word in the selection is structure. Say it of our school building. What parts make up
with me: structure. Structure means “a building the structure? Does the structure have a roof?
or something that has been put together with Windows? Doors? Is it tall? Is it big?
many parts.” You can use blocks to build a 6. What is your favorite structure? Is it a
structure. Our school building is a structure. museum you visited? Is it a roller coaster?
2. En español, structure quiere decir “un edificio Is it your home? Tell your partner. Use the
o algo compuesto por muchas partes, una sentence frame: My favorite structure is
estructura.” Podemos usar cubos para .
construir una estructura. Nuestro colegio es 7. Now let’s say structure together three more
una estructura. times: structure, structure, structure.
3. Structure in English and estructura in Spanish
word structure. (Point to the house in the
photo.) This house is a structure. It is a
colorful structure. What are some things
you see on this structure? (Examples include:
windows, door, roof)
Key Vocabulary Word 4 create

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 5. (Provide children with several connecting
1. Another word in the selection is create. Say cubes or different colored blocks.) Let’s each
it with me: create. Create means “to make create a structure. Each one will be different
something that did not exist before.” You can because we will each create an original
create a picture with paints and paper. You structure.
can even create a mess by not putting away 6. (Provide drawing paper and pencil.) Let’s each
your toys! create our own footprint. (Have children draw
2. En español, to create quiere decir “hacer algo outline of their shoe on paper.)
que no existía antes, crear.” Puedes crear un 7. Now let’s say create together three more
dibujo con pintura y papel. Puedes crear un times: create, create, create.
desorden si no guardas tus juguetes.
3. To create in English and crear in Spanish are
4. Now let’s look at what someone created in the
picture. (Point to the handprints in the photo.)
Look at the handprints. A child created them
with her own hand. The handprints did not
exist until the child made them.
160
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Photodisc/Amanda Clement/Getty Images. (b) © Mark Karrass/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 hobby
Key Vocabulary Word 5 hobby

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. What do you like to do when you are finished
1. Another word in the selection is hobby. Say it with your work? What is your hobby? Tell your
with me: hobby. A hobby is something you like partner what your hobby is.
to do for fun in your free time. Some people 5. Sometimes it’s fun to try a new hobby. It’s fun
like to knit for a hobby. They knit scarves and to try something you have never done before.
socks in their free time. Other examples of Talk with your partner about a new hobby
hobbies are painting pictures, taking photos, you might like to try someday.
and collecting things. 6. Now let’s say hobby together three more
2. En español, hobby quiere decir “lo que times: hobby, hobby, hobby.
te gusta hacer en tu tiempo libre, un
pasatiempo.” Bordar es el pasatiempo de
muchas personas. Bordan bufandas, medias y
otras cosas en su tiempo libre. Pintar, tomar
fotos y coleccionar cosas son otros ejemplos
de pasatiempos.
hobby. (Point to the girl in the photo.) This
girl is making napkin rings from paper. The
girl’s hobby is making things out of paper. She
likes her hobby and does it to have fun when
she has finished her work.
162
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Chris Lowe/Index Stock Imagery.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 pull down
Word 2 pull back

Word 1 pull down
1. In English, we use pull down to tell about the 4. I’ll name some things. If you can pull it down,
direction we move something. Say it with me: say, “You can pull it down.” If not say, “You
pull down. Pull down means “to drag or yank cannot pull it down.”
something toward the ground.” I can pull a balloon tied to a chair
down the shade on a window to keep the sun a cloud in the sky
out of the room. the string on a ceiling fan
2. En español, to pull down quiere decir “halar, a rock on the ground
bajar o estirar hacia el suelo.” Puedo bajar 5. I’ll describe some things I want to do. Repeat
la persiana de la ventana para que no entre and complete this sentence to tell me what to
el sol. do: Pull down the .
3. This picture shows the words pull down. The I want to move the string on a light to turn on
arrow shows how to pull down the handle of the light.
the fire alarm. I want to move the handle on the fire alarm to
set off the alarm.
I want to get the spider web out of a corner of
the ceiling.
6. Repeat the words three times with me: pull
down, pull down, pull down.
Word 2 pull back

1. In English, we use pull back to tell about 4. Let’s put our chairs under our desks or tables.
moving something in a certain direction. Say Now let’s pull back the chairs and sit on them.
it with me: pull back. Pull back means “to 5. Let’s work with our partner. Pretend you are
yank something in the opposite direction from both having a tug-of-war like the children in
forward.” The boy started to cross the street, the picture. Let’s show how we will each pull
but his father pulled him back to stop him. back on the rope.
2. En español, to pull back quiere decir “halar o 6. Repeat the words three times with me: pull
estirar hacia atrás.” El niño empezó a cruzar la back, pull back, pull back.
calle, pero su papá lo haló para detenerlo.
3. This picture shows the words pull back. It
shows children playing a game of tug-of-war.
In tug-of-war each team pulls back on the rope.
164
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © rob casey/Alamy Images. (b) © Image Source/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 left over
Word 4 left out

Word 3 left over
1. In English, we use left over to tell about things 4. I will describe some situations. Say, “left over”
that are extra. Say it with me: left over. Left if there is something left over. If not, say
over means “remained.” After I ate breakfast, nothing.
there was some cereal left over. I used some of the chalk in a box. There is still
2. En español, left over quiere decir “que sobra.” one more piece of chalk in the box.
Después del desayuno, sobraba cereal. I used all of the paper in the pack.
3. This picture shows the words left over. The I put all of the children into groups of three.
boys are eating some pizza. The rest of the There is one more child who is not in any of
pizza is left over. the groups.
I gave out three of the four boxes of juice in
the pack.
5. I will ask some questions. Answer each one
“yes” or “no.”
Matt drank some of the milk in the box. Is
there any milk left over?
The dog ate all of the food in its dish. Is there
any food left over?
Maris gave away some of her stickers. Does
she have any stickers left over?
6. Repeat the words three times with me: left
over, left over, left over.
Word 4 left out

1. In English, we use left out to tell about not 4. Look back at the picture. Talk with your
being included. Say it with me: left out. Left partner about how the boy feels being left
out means “not included, not part of.” The out. Use the words left out to talk about
dog was left out of the bedroom. the boy.
2. En español, left out quiere decir “excluido, 5. Tell your partner about a time you were left
no permitir la entrada.” El perro no está out. Tell why you were left out and how you
permitido en el cuarto. felt. (Examples include: being left out of a
3. This picture shows the words left out. The team, a game, a room, a party)
picture shows a boy who is left out of a game. 6. Repeat the words three times with me: left
He watches sadly as the others play baseball. out, left out, left out.
166
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Jupiterimages/Brand X Pictures/Alamy Images. (b) © D. Falconer/PhotoLink/Getty Images.
Basic Words
Unit 3 Week 4
toothbrush, toothpaste,
Rose Robot Cleans Up
shoes, sneakers, coat, vest
toothbrush toothpaste shoes
sneakers coat vest
ROUTINE
167
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Ingram Publishing (Superstock Limited)/Alamy Images. (tc) © Stockbyte/PunchStock. (tr) © C Squared Studios/Photodisc/Getty Images.
(bl) © Siede Preis/PhotoDisc. (bm) © Corbis. (br) © The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc./Ken Cavanagh.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 culture
Unit 3 Week 5 Kids Have Fun
Word 2 custom
Key Vocabulary Word 1 culture

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that shows a
1. One word in the selection is culture. Say it with different culture. (Point to the people dancing
me: culture. Culture means “the traditions, in the photo.) These people are dancing at
beliefs, and habits of a group of people.” People a Cinco de Mayo festival. Cinco de Mayo is
from the same culture enjoy the same kinds of a holiday in the Mexican culture. On this
food, music and celebrations. holiday, some place celebrate with Mexican
food, music, and dancing.
2. En español, culture quiere decir “las
tradiciones, creencias y costumbres de un 5. Talk with your partner about how families in
grupo de personas; cultura.” Las personas the United States celebrate Thanksgiving Day.
de una misma cultura disfrutan de la misma What foods are usually served on this holiday?
comida, música y celebraciones. 6. We know that holidays are part of a culture.
3. Culture in English and cultura in Spanish are Talk with your partner about another holiday
cognates. They sound almost the same and you know about. How do people celebrate
mean the same thing in both languages. that holiday? What foods, music, or activities
are part of their culture?
7. Now let’s say culture together three more
times: culture, culture, culture.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 custom

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Shaking hands is a custom we have when we
1. Another word in the selection is custom. Say it meet someone. Let’s act out that custom with
with me: custom. Custom means “something a partner.
people always do, a tradition.” It is a custom to 5. Think about the customs we follow on our
clap when you like a show. In some countries it birthday. What do we do with candles? (Put
is a custom to bow when you meet someone. them on the cake, light them, and blow them
2. En español, custom quiere decir “algo que out). Let’s act out that custom. Let’s pretend
se hace a menudo, tradición, costumbre.” to blow out our birthday candles.
Aplaudir cuando te ha gustado una 6. Now let’s say custom together three more
presentación es una costumbre. En algunos times: custom, custom, custom.
países hay la costumbre de inclinarse cuando
uno conoce a alguien.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows a custom.
(Point to the children waving flags in the
photo.) See how the children are waving flags.
It is a custom to wave flags in a parade. What
are some other customs we have when we see
the American flag? (Examples include: say the
pledge, salute, hold hand over heart, stand)
170
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © DAJ/Getty Images. (b) © Ariel Skelley/Blend Images/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 language
Word 4 similar
Key Vocabulary Word 3 language

1. Another word in the selection is language. word language. (Point to the words in the
Say it with me: language. Language means photo.) These words show how to say the
“the words people use to talk to each other.” name of the picture in two languages. In
Different languages are spoken in different English we say dog. In Spanish we say perro.
countries. Some people speak one language. 5. Look around the room. Tell your partner some
Some people speak more than one language. things you see in as many languages as you
Right now I am speaking English. can. Talk about what language you used to
2. En español, language quiere decir “las palabras name the things.
que usa un grupo de personas para hablar, 6. Tell your partner what languages you have
el lenguaje.” En países distintos se hablan heard people speak. Use this sentence frame:
lenguajes distintos. Algunas personas sólo saben I have heard people speak these languages:
un lenguaje. Algunas otras hablan más de uno. .
Ahora les estoy hablando en inglés, el lenguaje 7. Now let’s say language together three more
que hablamos aquí. times: language, language, language.
3. Language in English and lenguaje in Spanish
Key Vocabulary Word 4 similar

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that shows two
1. Another word in the selection is similar. Say it similar things. (Point to the twins in the photo.)
with me: similar. Similar means “almost alike, These girls are twins. Their faces are similar.
close to being the same, but not exactly.” They are close to being the same, but they are
(Hold up two red crayons.) These crayons are two different people, so they are not exactly
similar. They are almost the same. One is a the same. What else is similar in this picture?
little sharper than the other, but they are the (Examples include: the girls’ hair, their clothes)
same color. 5. When I say, “Surprise!” let’s all look surprised.
2. En español, similar quiere decir “parecido We can make faces and gestures that are
a algo pero no igual, semejante, similar.” similar. Ready, “Surprise!”
(Muestre dos creyones rojos.) Estos dos 6. I’ll hold up an object. Then you hold up a
creyones son similares. Aunque son del mismo similar object. (Hold up several common
color, uno de ellos es más puntudo que el classroom objects, such as a book, a pencil, a
otro. marker, and a notebook.)
3. Similar in English and similar in Spanish are 7. Now let’s say similar together three more
cognates. They sound almost the same and times: similar, similar, similar.
172
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Scott Speakes/Corbis. (b) © Bob Jacobson/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 skill
Key Vocabulary Word 5 skill

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner what skills you use when you
1. Another word in the selection is skill. Say it play your favorite sport.
with me: skill. Skill means “something you are 5. Think about what you want to be when you
good at, a talent.” It takes skill to play the grow up. Talk to your partner about what
piano. You use your catching skills when you kinds of skills you will need. (Examples include:
play baseball and football. basketball player: fast, good aim, strong, good
2. En español, skill quiere decir “algo que puedes catcher)
hacer, una aptitud, capacidad o habilidad.” 6. Now let’s say skill together three more times:
Se necesitan habilidades especiales para tocar skill, skill, skill.
el piano. Tienes que usar tus habilidades para
coger cosas cuando juegas béisbol o fútbol
americano.
someone’s skills. (Point to the ballerina in the
photo.) This girl is using her skills to dance.
Some skills she uses are balancing, jumping,
and being graceful.
174
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Thomas Barwick/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 back home
Unit 3 Week 5 Kids Have Fun!
Word 2 back at the house

Word 1 back home
1. In English, we use back home to talk about 4. Talk to your partner about something you
where we live. Say it with me: back home. know who came back home for a visit. Who
Back home means “in your home, on your was it? Where does that person live? Why did
land, or in your city or town.” After a long he or she come back home?
trip, it is nice to go back home. 5. Tell your partner about a time you wanted
2. En español, back home quiere decir “en casa; to go back home. Where were you? Why did
en tu tierra; en tu ciudad o pueblo.” Después you want to go back home? Use the sentence
de un largo viaje, qué bonito es regresar frame: I wanted to go back home because
a casa. .
3. This picture shows the words back home. See 6. Repeat the words three times with me: back
the grandmother and grandfather sitting in home, back home, back home.
front of their home. (Point to them in the
picture.) Their daughter has come back home
for a visit. She brought her husband and
children back home with her.
Word 2 back at the house

1. In English, we use back at the house to talk 4. I will say some sentence starters. Repeat each
about a particular place. Say it with me: back one and complete the sentence with the
at the house. Back at the house means “in words back at the house.
a building where someone lives.” I left my I forgot my book bag .
homework back at the house. My friends are at a party .
2. En español, back at the house quiere decir After school, we will all meet .
“allá en mi casa en el edificio donde vivo.” 5. I will ask some questions. Answer “yes”
Olvidé mi tarea en mi casa. or “no.”
3. This picture shows the words back at the I am taking my dog for a walk. Is he back at
house. It shows a boy walking down a path. the house?
He is going home after school. His mother is I left my cat sleeping on a chair. Is she back
waiting for him back at the house. at the house?
6. Repeat the words three times with me: back
at the house, back at the house, back at the
house.
176
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © ER Productions/Brand X Pictures/Jupiterimages. (b) © BananaStock/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 play with
Unit 3 Week 5 Kids Have Fun!
Word 4 play in
Word 3 play with
1. In English, we use play with to tell about 4. Tell your partner what your favorite thing
things we have fun with. Say it with me: play is to play with. Use the sentence starter: My
with. Play with means “to use things to have favorite thing to play with is .
fun.” I like to play with blocks. 5. Pretend that you and your partner are
2. En español, to play with quiere decir “jugar visiting each other. Ask each other if you
con algo.” Me gusta jugar con bloques. can play with the other’s toys. Then answer
3. This picture shows the words play with. It the question. Use these question and answer
shows a boy who likes to play with his truck. starters:
May I play with your .
Yes, you may play with my .
6. Repeat the words three times with me: play
with, play with, play with.
Word 4 play in
PARTNER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use play in to tell about what 4. Let’s use this sentence frame to tell where we
we might have fun in. Say it with me: play are playing. We are playing in .
in. Play in means “to have fun in a specific Tell us how we might finish the sentence.
place.” My friend likes to play in the sand at Then we will say the sentence together.
the beach. (Examples include: the house, the park, the
2. En español, to play in quiere decir “jugar en un yard, the sand)
lugar específico.” A mi amigo le gusta jugar 5. I’ll name some places. If you can play in a
en la arena de la playa. place say, “You can play in it.” If not say,
3. This picture shows the words play in. The girl “You cannot play in it.”
likes to play in the sand. She is having fun a swimming pool
building sandcastles. the sun
a playground
a museum
6. Repeat the words three times with me: play in,
play in, play in.
178
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc./Jill Braaten/McGraw-Hill Companies. (b) © BananaStock/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 3 Week 5
hula hoop, jump rope,
Kids Have Fun!
balloon, puzzle, skate, slide
hula hoop jump rope balloon
puzzle skate slide
ROUTINE
179
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Purestock/SuperStock. (tc) © Nicole Katano/age fotostock. (tr) © PunchStock.
(bl) © TRBfoto/Getty Images/Getty Images. (bm) © C Squared Studios/Photodisc/Getty Images. (br) © BananaStock/Jupiterimages.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 borrow
Unit 4 Week 1 Drakes Tail
Word 2 trip
Key Vocabulary Word 1 borrow

1. One word in the selection is borrow. Say it word borrow. (Point to the girl in the photo.)
with me: borrow. To borrow means “to use This girl borrowed this book from the library.
something that belongs to someone else and She will read the book and then bring it back
then give it back.” If you forget your pencil, to the library.
you can borrow one from a classmate, use 4. Take turns asking each other to borrow
it, and then give it back. When you borrow something. Borrow it, use it, and return it.
something, you must take care of it because it Use the sentence frame: May I borrow your
belongs to someone else. Remember to say “thank you”
2. En español, to borrow quiere decir “pedir when your borrow the item.
prestado; usar algo ajeno y devolverlo 5. Talk about when you might need to borrow
después.” Si olvidas tu lápiz, puedes pedirle something from a friend or a family member.
prestado uno a tu compañero y después Tell what you would need to borrow.
devolvérselo. Hay que cuidar lo que uno pide 6. Now let’s say borrow together three more
prestado, pues es ajeno. times: borrow, borrow, borrow.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 trip

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner where you would like to take
1. Another word in the selection is trip. Say a trip. How would you travel there? By car?
it with me: trip. Trip means “a journey, an By plane?
outing, or a visit.” If you travel from one place 5. Talk to your partner about a trip you went on.
to another, you take a trip. You might take a It can be a short or long trip. Where did you
long trip when you go on vacation. go? How did you travel? Who traveled with
2. En español, trip quiere decir “viaje, excursión, you?
visita.” Si viajas de un lugar a otro, haces un 6. Now let’s say trip together three more times:
viaje. Podrías hacer un viaje largo cuando te trip, trip, trip.
vas de vacaciones.
word trip. (Point to the people in the photo.)
This family went on a trip. They took a trip
together to go skiing.
182
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (b) © Image Source/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 encourage
Word 4 friendship
Key Vocabulary Word 3 encourage

1. One word in the selection is encourage. Say word encourage. (Point to woman in the
it with me: encourage. To encourage means photo.) This mom encourages her child to try
“to give someone hope or help someone do to ride the bike. When you don’t know how to
something that is difficult for them”. A coach do something it helps if someone encourages
encourages the team to play their best even if you to keep trying.
they are losing. Parents encourage their baby 4. Tell your partner about a time someone
to learn to walk. encouraged you to do something. Did you do it?
2. En español, to encourage quiere decir 5. Suppose a friend was afraid to learn how to
“animar, entusiasmar, darle esperanzas a ride a bike. What would you say to encourage
alguien, ayudar a alguien a realizar algo him or her? Tell your partner how you would
que se le dificulta.” Un entrenador anima a encourage your friend.
su equipo a dar lo mejor de sí aunque vaya 6. Now let’s say encourage together three more
perdiendo. Los padres animan a su bebé a dar times: encourage, encourage, encourage.
sus primeros pasos.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 friendship

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner about a friendship you
1. Another word in the selection is friendship. Say have with someone. What do you like to do
it with me: friendship. Friendship means “the together?
connection between friends.” People who are 5. Think about why friendship is important.
part of a friendship enjoy being together. You Talk to your partner about it. Use the
can have more than one friendship. You can be sentence frame: Friendship is important
friends with many people. because .
2. En español, friendship quiere decir “amistad, 6. Now let’s say friendship together three more
la relación entre dos amigos.” Las personas times: friendship, friendship, friendship.
que comparten una amistad disfrutan de su
compañía. Puedes tener varias amistades.
Puedes ser amigo o amiga de muchas personas.
word friendship. (Point to the friends in the
photo.) See these children. They are friends.
They like each other. What are they doing
that shows their friendship? (Examples
include: hugging each other, smiling together)
184
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Riser/Jenny Acheson/Getty Images. (b) © Bananastock/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 relationship
Word 6 rely
Key Vocabulary Word 5 relationship

1. One word in the selection is relationship. Say it word relationship. (Point to the family in
with me: relationship. Relationship means “the the photo.) These people are a family. How
connection between two or more people, such can you tell they have a close relationship?
as how people in a family are connected.” (Examples include: they are hugging, they are
You have a relationship, or special connection, happy to be with each other)
with people in your family. Children have a 5. Tell your partner about a close relationship
strong relationship with their parents. you have with someone. Use the sentence
2. En español, relationship quiere decir “la relación frame: I have a close relationship with
o conexión entre dos o más personas, como la .
que une a los miembros de una familia.” Tienes 6. Talk to your partner about people who have
una relación, o conexión especial, con los good relationships. What kinds of things do
miembros de tu familia. Los niños tienen una they do together? [Examples include: play
relación estrecha con sus padres. together, help each other, work together]
3. Relationship in English and relación in Spanish 7. Now let’s say relationship together three more
are cognates. They sound almost the same times: relationship, relationship, relationship.
Key Vocabulary Word 6 rely

Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner who you rely on to help
1. Another word in the selection is rely Say it you when you do not understand your school
with me: rely. To rely means “to count on work.
someone to help you.” We rely on the police 5. Talk to your partner about some things your
to help us if we are in trouble. We rely on family relies on you to do. Do they rely on you
doctors to help us get well if we are ill. to take care of your room? to help with work
2. En español, to rely quiere decir “contar con around the house? to do your school work?
alguien para que te apoye o ayude.” Contamos 6. Now let’s say rely together three more times:
con la policía si estamos en apuros. Contamos rely, rely, rely.
con los doctores cuando estamos enfermos.
word rely. (Point to the patient and health
care worker in the photo.) This man is in the
hospital. He relies on the health care workers
to help him get well.
186
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Blend Images/Alamy Images. (b) © Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 suggest
Key Vocabulary Word 7 suggest

Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side for 4. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the
children to view. word suggest. (Point to the teacher in the
1. One word in the selection is suggest. Say it photo.) The teacher suggests a way to help
with me: suggest. To suggest means “to give the boy read. She might suggest he look at
your advice about how or what to do, to offer the picture to help him read the words.
a different choice.” If someone has a problem 5. Talk with your partner about dinner. Suggest
you might suggest how he or she can solve it. some healthy foods you might want to eat.
2. En español, to suggest quiere decir “dar sus Use the sentence frame: I suggest you eat
consejos sobre cómo o qué hacer, ofrecer una for dinner.
opción diferente, sugerir.” Si alguien tiene un 6. Talk to your partner about some books or
problema, le podriás sugerir una manera de movies you like. Suggest what book your
solucionarlo. partner should read or what movie your
3. To suggest in English and sugerir in Spanish partner should see.
are cognates. They sound almost the same 7. Now let’s say suggest together three more
and mean the same thing in both languages. times: suggest, suggest, suggest.
188
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © 100 image/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 take care of
Word 2 take away from

Word 1 take care of
1. In English, we use take care of to tell about 4. I am going to describe some situations. If
what some people do for others. Say it with you think I am taking care of something, say
me: take care of. Take care of means “to look “You are taking care of it.” If not, don’t say
after or watch over someone or something.” anything.
Ana knows how to take care of her new I am feeding my cat.
puppy. She gives it food and water and takes I am reading a book.
it for a walk every day. I am giving my dog a bath.
2. En español, to take care of quiere decir I am fighting with my little brother.
“cuidar una cosa o a una persona.” Ana sabe 5. Now I am going to say some sentences.
cuidar a su perrito. Le da comida y agua. Lo Repeat the sentences. Replace the word help
saca a pasear todos los días. with take care of.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase take The big sister will help her baby brother.
care of. It shows one way this mother takes The zookeepers help the animals in the zoo.
care of her daughter. She takes care of her
daughter by brushing her hair. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: take
care of, take care of, take care of.
Word 2 take away from

1. In English, we use take away from to tell 4. I am going to ask some questions. Answer
what we do when we remove something. Say each “yes” or “no.”
it with me: take away from. Take away from Should you take a blanket away from a bed
means “to remove something from where it when it is time to sleep?
is to another place.” I had to take my shoe Should a grown-up take matches away from a
away from the dog. He was chewing on it and child?
I didn’t want him to ruin it! Should you take a bottle away from a baby
2. En español, to take away from quiere decir when it is time to drink?
“quitar una cosa de un lugar y ponerlo en 5. I am going to say some words. If they mean
otro lugar.” Le tuve que quitar mi zapato al the same as take away from say “take away
perro. Lo estaba mordiendo y no quería que lo from.” If not, say nothing.
arruinara.
remove
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase take move from one place to another
away from. The boy was looking through the get something a put it somewhere else
library shelves for the book he wants to check hold on to
out. The boy is taking the book away from
the shelf. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: take
away from, take away from, take away from.
190
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Tanya Constantine/Brand X Pictures/Jupiterimages. (b) © Comstock/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 take off
Word 4 take time

Word 3 take off
1. In English, we use the phrase take off to talk 4. I’m going to describe what some people are
about what we do when we stop working doing. Say “take off” if they are taking a
for a while. Say it with me: take off. Take off break from school or work. Say nothing if they
means “to go away on a vacation, to take are not.
some time away from work.” In the summer Henry is packing his car and going to the lake.
I like to take off and go to the beach. Juan is sitting at his desk doing his homework.
2. En español, to take off quiere decir “tomar Sal didn’t go to work today. He’s going
un tiempo libre.” Cuando te tomas un tiempo camping instead.
libre, te vas de vacaciones o descansas. En el Katalina is taking a trip to visit her
verano me gusta tomar un tiempo libre para ir grandmother.
a la playa. 5. After I tell about each person repeat and
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase take complete this sentence: He (or she) is taking
off. It shows a family getting ready to go on off from .
vacation. When people take off from work The teacher is leaving school. He is going on
and school they often go on vacation. Do you? a trip.
Maria is not going to work tomorrow. She is
going on vacation.
Mr. Walters is not going to his job for two
days. He is ill and has to stay home.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: take
off, take off, take off.
Word 4 take time

1. In English, we use take time to talk about 4. I am going to name some things. If they
something that happens slowly. Say it with happen slowly, say “takes time.” If not say,
me: take time. Take time means “to do “does not take time.”
something slowly.” It takes time for a tree a child grows to be an adult
to grow. a carpenter builds a house
2. En español, to take time quiere decir “tomar a boy turns on the light
tiempo.” Un árbol toma tiempo para crecer. a puppy grows to be a dog
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase take 5. I am going to ask questions. Answer “yes” or
time. It shows a seedling, or a baby plant. “no.”
It will take time for this seedling to grow. Do you think it takes time for an artist to make
It will grow slowly. a painting look beautiful?
Does it take time for you to decide what to
play at recess?
Does it take time for a child to learn to read
well?
time, take time, take time.
192
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stockbyte/PunchStock. (b) © Siede Preis/Getty Images.
Basic Words
Unit 4 Week 1
work, decide, practice,
Drakes Tail
share, explore, learn
work decide practice
share explore learn
ROUTINE
193
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Eric Audras/PictureQuest. (tc) © Jupiterimages/Pixland/Alamy Images. (tr) © mylife photos/Alamy Images.
(bl) © David Young-Wolff/Alamy Images. (bm) © Thinkstock/Corbis. (br) BananaStock/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 concentrate
Unit 4 Week 2 Gram and Me
Word 2 splendid
Key Vocabulary Word 1 concentrate

1. One word in the selection is concentrate. Say it word concentrate. (Point to the girl in the
with me: concentrate. To concentrate means “to photo.) This girl is working very hard on her
think very hard about something.” When you do painting. She wants it to come out just right,
try to do something hard, you must concentrate. so she will concentrate. She will think hard
If you are trying to put a block on top of a big about what she is doing.
block tower, must concentrate on what you are 5. I’ll pretend I am teaching you something very
doing so the blocks do not fall. hard to learn. Show me how you concentrate
2. En español, to concentrate quiere decir to understand what I am saying. (Pantomime
“concentrarse, poner mucha atención sin teaching a lesson as children act out paying
distraerse.” Al hacer algo difícil, hay que very close attention.)
concentrarse. Si estás colocando el último 6. Let’s pretend we have built a tall block
cubo en lo alto de una torre de cubos te tienes tower. We have to put one more block on
que concentrar para que la torre no se caiga. top without making the tower fall. Let’s all
3. To concentrate in English and concentrarse in concentrate as we put on that last block.
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost the same 7. Now let’s say concentrate together three more
and mean the same thing in both languages. times: concentrate, concentrate, concentrate.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 splendid

1. Another word in the selection is splendid. Say word splendid. (Point to the scene in the
it with me: splendid. Splendid means “fine, photo.) This shows a beautiful place in the
very enjoyable and beautiful.” If you had a country. It looks quiet and enjoyable. This
delicious dinner, it was a splendid meal. If you place is splendid.
had a nice vacation, you had a splendid trip. If 5. Tell your partner another word that means
you painted a beautiful picture, it is a splendid almost the same thing as splendid. (Examples
painting. include: beautiful, great, excellent)
2. En español, splendid quiere decir “espléndido, 6. Talk to your partner about a splendid visit you
maravilloso, impresionante.” Si gozaste de had with someone. Who did you visit? Why
una cena exquisita, fue una cena espléndida. was the visit splendid?
Si pasaste unas vacaciones maravillosas, 7. Now let’s say splendid together three more
disfrutaste de un viaje espléndido. Si hiciste un times: splendid, splendid, splendid.
cuadro bello, pintaste un cuadro espléndido.
3. Splendid in English and espléndido in Spanish
196
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Getty Images/Macmillan/McGraw-Hill.. (b) © Image Ideas/PictureQuest/Jupiterimages.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 concerned
Word 4 fortunate
Key Vocabulary Word 3 concerned

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Pretend you just saw your friend fall off a
1. One word in the selection is concerned. Say bike. Tell each other what you would be
it with me: concerned. Concerned means concerned about.
“worried or caring.” People might feel 5. Talk with your partner about a time when
concerned when they are not sure about a people were concerned about you. Why were
situation. If someone you know does not look they concerned? What did they do to show
well, you may feel concerned. You may be they were concerned?
worried that the person is ill. 6. Now let’s say concerned together three more
2. En español, concerned quiere decir times: concerned, concerned, concerned.
“preocupado.” Alguien puede estar
preocupado si no está seguro de una
situación. Si un ser querido está enfermo,
seguramente te sentirás preocupado.
word concerned. (Point to the woman in the
photo.) This woman is concerned about her
husband. He is in the hospital. She is worried
about his health.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 fortunate

1. Another word in the selection is fortunate. word fortunate. (Point to grandmother in
Say it with me: fortunate. Fortunate means the photo.) This grandmother is fortunate to
“lucky, having good things happen in your have a loving family. She is lucky to be able to
life.” People who have a loving family are enjoy cooking with her granddaughter.
fortunate. They are lucky to have people who 5. Tell your partner about something you are
love them. fortunate to have in school.
2. En español, fortunate quiere decir “dichoso, 6. Tell your partner about something you are
afortunado.” Son afortunadas las personas fortunate to have at home.
que cuentan con una familia que las apoya. 7. Now let’s say fortunate together three more
3. Fortunate in English and afortunado in Spanish times: fortunate, fortunate, fortunate.
are cognates. They sound almost the same and
198
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © UpperCut Images/Getty Images. (b) © Blend Images/Ariel Skelley/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 member
Word 6 share
Key Vocabulary Word 5 member

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. Tell your partner the name of some of your
1. One word in the selection is member. Say it family members. Tell how each member is
with me: member. Member means “a person related to you.
who belongs to a group, such as a person in 6. You can be a member of a family. You can
a family.” You are a member of your family. also be a member of other groups, such as
Anyone in your family is a family member. a member of a class, a team, or a club. Tell
2. En español, member quiere decir “miembro, your partner what different groups you are a
persona que pertenece a un grupo.” Eres member of.
miembro de una familia. Cada persona que forma 7. Now let’s say member together three more
parte de tu familia es un miembro de la familia. times: member, member, member.
3. Member in English and miembro in Spanish
word member. (Point to the family in the
photo.) This is a family. Each person in this
picture is a member of the family. Which
member of the family is the mother? father?
(Have children point to each family member,
including the children.)
Key Vocabulary Word 6 share

1. Another word in the selection is share. Say it word share. (Point to the tray of snacks in the
with me: share. To share means “to let others photo.) See these snacks. This boy will share
have some part of a whole thing.” If you give them among the children in class. Everyone
some of your snack to a friend, you share will get some of the snacks on the tray.
your snack. What are some things we share in 4. Let’s pretend we are eating a granola bar.
school? (Examples include: desk, toys, books, Now let’s share some of it with a friend.
pencils, crayons) 5. Let’s take out a book and read it. Then you
2. En español, to share quiere decir “compartir, can share the book with a friend and read it
dar a otra persona una parte de algo que together.
tienes.” Si le das parte de tu emparedado a 6. Now let’s say share together three more times:
tu amigo, estás compartiendo. ¿Qué otras share, share, share.
cosas compartimos en la escuela? (escritorios,
juguetes, libros, lápices, colores)
200
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stockbyte/Getty Images. (b) © BananaStock/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 trust
Key Vocabulary Word 7 trust

Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner about one person you trust.
1. One word in the selection is trust. Say it What do you trust this person to do?
with me: trust. To trust means “to believe 5. Talk with your partner about people in
in someone you can rely on.” When you let the community who you trust. Choose one
friends play with your toys, you trust them to community worker and talk about what you
take care of the toys. When you are ill, you trust him or her to do. (Examples include:
trust a doctor to help you get well. police officers, firefighters, doctors, mail
2. En español, to trust quiere decir “creer en carriers)
alguien en el que se puede fiar, confiar.” 6. Now let’s say trust together three more times:
Cuando dejas que tus amigos juegen con tus trust, trust, trust.
juguetes, confías que ellos los van a cuidar,
no los van a dañar. Cuando estás enfermo,
confías en que tu doctor te ayudará a
mejorarte.
word trust. (Point to the hands in the photo.)
See the child’s hand. This picture shows that
the child trusts the grown-up to take care of
her. When you trust someone, you follow the
person because you believe they will take care
of you.
202
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Gerard Fritz/Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 drink up
Word 2 lift up
Word 1 drink up
1. In English, we use drink up to tell what we do 4. I am going to tell about some drinks I have.
with drinks. Say it with me: drink up. Drink up Repeat and complete this sentence after
means “to finish or gulp all of.” Mother said each thing I name: You can drink up the
we have to drink up our milk before we leave .
the table. I have a glass of milk.
2. En español, to drink up quiere decir “bebérselo I have a bottle of juice.
todo.” Mamá dice que debemos bebernos I have some water.
toda la leche antes de dejar la mesa. I have a cup of hot chocolate.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase drink up. 5. Now I am going to describe some situations. If
It shows a boy drinking up his juice. When he the situation is about drinking something up,
drinks up the juice, the glass will be empty. say “drink up.” If not, say nothing.
The dog finished all the water in its bowl.
After the race Kevin gulped all of the water in
the bottle.
Mr. Larson used all of the water in the bucket
to wash his car.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: drink
up, drink up, drink up.
Word 2 lift up
1. In English, we use lift up to talk about putting 4. Let’s all lift up a book. Now lift up a pencil.
something in a higher place. Say it with me: Now let’s pretend to lift up a heavy bag of
lift up. Lift up means “to move something groceries.
up high, to raise up higher.” When you climb 5. I will tell you what to lift up. Follow my
stairs you must lift up your feet. directions. Lift up your partner’s hand. Put
2. En español, to lift up quiere decir “mover algo it down. Lift up a notebook. Put it down.
hacia arriba, alzar.” Cuando subes las escaleras (Continue telling children to lift up other
tienes que alzar los pies. items they have available to them.)
3. This picture demonstrates the words lift up. It 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: lift up,
shows the platform on a bus that can lift up lift up, lift up.
a wheelchair. It lifts up the wheelchair so the
person in the wheelchair can get on the bus.
204
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © PhotoAlto/PunchStock (b) © John A. Rizzo/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 together
Word 4 apart
Word 3 together
1. In English, we use together to tell how we 4. Draw a picture together with your partner.
do things with someone else. Say it with me: Before you start, talk together about what
together. Together means “with each other.” you will draw.
My friend and I like to play together after 5. Tell you partner about some things you do
school. together with your family. Use this sentence
2. En español, together quiere decir “con otra frame: My family and I
persona, juntos.” Mi amigo y yo jugamos together. (Examples include: eat, clean, go on
juntos después de clases. trips, read, watch TV)
3. This picture demonstrates the word together. 6. Repeat the word three times with me:
It shows two children looking at books together, together, together.
together. They are probably friends. It’s fun to
do things together with friends.
Word 4 apart
1. In English, we use apart to describe how far 4. I am going to hold up pairs of items. If they
things are from each other. Say it with me: are apart say, “apart”, if not say, “together.”
apart. Apart means “separated by some space, (Hold up pairs of pencils, pens, books,
not close together.” We sit apart from each and chairs showing some apart, and some
other when we take a test. together.)
2. En español, apart quiere decir “separado con 5. I am going to say some words. If they mean
espacio, no junto.” Nos sentamos separados almost the same thing as apart say “apart.” If
cuando presentamos un examen. not say nothing.
3. This picture demonstrates the word apart. It together
shows children sitting apart from each other separate
as they work at their desks. Right now, they away from
are not working together. The students are far
working alone. close
6. Repeat the word three times with me: apart,
apart, apart.
206
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Gaetano Images Inc./Alamy Images. (b) © Greatstock Photographic Library/Alamy Images.
Basic Words
Unit 4 Week 2
read, celebrate, cook,
Gram and Me
stroll, fish, nap
read celebrate cook
stroll fish nap
ROUTINE
207
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Corbis. (tc) © Jupiterimages/BananaStock/Alamy Images. (tr) © PhotoAlto/PunchStock.
(bl) © Stockbyte/PunchStock. (bm) © Comstock/PunchStock. (br) © Blend Images/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 difficult
Unit 4 Week 3 Césár Chévez
Word 2 ripe
Key Vocabulary Word 1 difficult

1. One word in the selection is difficult. Say word difficult. (Point to the math problem
it with me: difficult. Difficult means “hard in the photo.) See this math problem. It is
to do.” It is difficult to see in the dark. It is difficult. The boy needs the teacher to help
difficult to hear someone speak when there is him do this difficult, or hard, problem.
a lot of noise. 5. Let’s pretend to try to open a jar that is
2. En español, difficult quiere decir “difícil, algo difficult to open because the lid is too tight.
que requiere mucho trabajo para hacerse.” Es 6. Let’s pretend there is a balance beam, a thin
difícil ver en la oscuridad. Es difícil escuchar a board, across the room. It is difficult to walk
alguien cuando hay mucho ruido. on the beam and keep our balance. Let’s walk
3. Difficult in English and difícil in Spanish are across the beam and show how difficult it is.
cognates. They sound almost the same and 7. Now let’s say difficult together three more
mean the same thing in both languages. times: difficult, difficult, difficult.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 ripe

1. Another word in the selection is ripe. Say it word ripe. (Point to the grapes the photo.) See
with me: ripe. Ripe means “fully grown, ready these grapes. They are ripe. They are dark and
to eat.” You should not each an apple until it juicy and ready to eat. We can eat ripe grapes.
is ripe. A strawberry that is ripe is bright red. It 4. Draw a picture of a ripe piece of fruit that you
takes time for fruits to get ripe, or to be ready like. Tell your partner what the fruit is and
to eat, after they have grown. how it tastes when it is ripe.
2. En español, ripe quiere decir “maduro, en 5. Talk to your partner about how you know if a
estado perfecto para recoger o para comer.” banana is ripe. What does it look and feel like
No hay que comer una manzana hasta que if it is not ripe? What does it look and feel like
esté madura. Una fresa madura tiene un color if it is ripe?
rojo intenso. La fruta necesita tiempo para 6. Now let’s say ripe together three more times:
madurar o para estar lista para ser comida, ripe, ripe, ripe.
después de haber crecido.
210
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Comstock/PictureQuest/McGraw-Hill Companies. (b) © Image Source/Jupiterimages.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 accomplish
Word 4 agree
Key Vocabulary Word 3 accomplish

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell each other about something you
1. One word in the selection is accomplish. Say accomplished. What did you try to do? How
it with me: accomplish. To accomplish means did you accomplish it?
“to do what you tried to do, to finish.” If you 5. Pretend you and your partner both want to
try hard to win a game and you win, then you make friends with a new student in class.
accomplished what you wanted to do. Take turns telling each other one way to
2. En español, to accomplish quiere decir accomplish this.
“cumplir con éxito lo que se propone, lograr.” 6. Now let’s say accomplish together three more
Si tu equipo gana el partido después de un times: accomplish, accomplish, accomplish.
gran esfuerzo, entonces ustedes habrán
cumplido lo que se propusieron. ¡Lo lograron!
word accomplish. (Point to airplane in the
photo.) The children worked together to build
this airplane. They accomplished what they
tried to do. The airplane is finished.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 agree

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Look at the picture of the business people
1. Another word in the selection is agree. Say it again. Talk to your partner about how it
with me: agree. To agree means “to have the shows that they agree. What are the people
same opinion as someone, to go along with doing to show they agree? (Examples include:
what they say or think.” If you and your friend smiling at each other, putting their arms
both think that pizza tastes good, you agree around each other, talking to each other with
with each other. happy faces)
2. En español, to agree quiere decir “compartir 5. Complete this sentence and read it aloud: The
la misma opinión que otra persona, estar de best thing to do in school is .
acuerdo.” Si tu amigo y tú piensan que la Then ask your partner if he or she agrees with
pizza es deliciosa, entonces están de acuerdo. you.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the word 6. Now let’s say agree together three more
agree. (Point to the people in the photo.) These times: agree, agree, agree.
business people were sharing ideas about how
to help their business grow. They all shared
ideas, and now they agree on what to do. They
agree with their business plan.
212
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © The Image Bank/Camille Tokerud/Getty Images. (b) © Digital Vision/Flying Colours Ltd/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 argue
Word 6 attempt
Key Vocabulary Word 5 argue

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Pretend to argue with your partner about who
1. One word in the selection is argue. Say it with should go first in a game. Use only your face
me: argue. To argue means “to not agree, to and your gestures to act out arguing.
quarrel.” People often argue when they do not 5. (Have children pick their favorite color
share the same feelings about something. If you from a set of crayons.) Now let’s pretend to
like blue and your friend likes red, you might argue about which color is better. Use facial
argue about which color to paint a toy train. expressions and gestures to argue with a
2. En español, to argue quiere decir “no estar classmate about the color.
de acuerdo, discutir.” Las personas a veces 6. Now let’s say argue together three more
discuten cuando no comparten las mismas times: argue, argue, argue.
ideas. Si a tí te gusta el azul y a tu amigo el
rojo, no estarán de acuerdo sobre qué color
usar para pintar un tren de juguete.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the word
argue. (Point to the people’s faces in the photo.)
Look at the faces and hands of these people.
You can see that they do not agree about
something. The man with the airplane tickets
argues with the woman behind the counter.
Key Vocabulary Word 6 attempt

Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner about a time you attempted
1. Another word in the selection is attempt. Say to do something and did it.
it with me: attempt. To attempt means “to 5. Now tell your partner about a time you
try.” When you play baseball, you attempt to attempted to do something but could not.
bat the ball. You try hard to score a home run. 6. Now let’s say attempt together three more
2. En español, to attempt quiere decir “intentar.” times: attempt, attempt, attempt.
Cuando juegas béisbol, intentas darle a la
pelota con el bate. Intentas dar un hit o
anotar una carrera de jonrón.
word attempt. (Point to the boy in the photo.)
This boy is attempting to dunk the ball in the
basket. He is trying to jump high enough to
do this. Do you think he will make it?
214
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Image Source/Corbis. (b) © Blend Images/Hill Street Studios/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 goal
Key Vocabulary Word 7 goal

1. One word in the selection is goal. Say it with word goal. (Point to the ball in the net in the
me: goal. Goal means “the place where a ball photo.) See the soccer ball in the net. The ball
must go to in order to score points.” In soccer, was kicked into the goal. The team scored a
the goal is the net at the end of the field. In point.
football, there are goal posts. If the ball is 4. Let’s pretend the wastebasket is a goal. Let’s
kicked between the goal posts, the team scores. take turns trying to make a goal by throwing
2. En español, goal quiere decir “portería, o el this ball of paper into the basket.
lugar en donde tiene que llegar la pelota para 5. Pick a game from the following: soccer,
anotar un punto.” En el fútbol, la portería football, hockey, basketball. Act out making a
está al final del campo de juego. En el fútbol goal in the sport you picked.
americano, hay postes en la portería. Si la pelota 6. Now let’s say goal together three more times:
pasa por estos postes, el equipo anota puntos. goal, goal, goal.
216
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 pick out
Unit 4 Week 3 César Chávez
Word 2 pick up
Word 1 pick out
1. In English, pick out means “to choose and 4. I’ll tell you about some things I like. Listen.
take, to select the one you want.” Say it with Then answer the question. Use the sentence:
me: pick out. When I go to the library I pick Pick out the .
out a book I want to read and then I check There are some red, blue, and green crayons
it out. in a box. My favorite color is red. Which color
2. En español, to pick out quiere decir “escoger; crayon should I pick out?
seleccionar el que quieres.” Cuando voy a la There is a cucumber, tomato, and carrot on
biblioteca, escojo el libro que quiero leer y lo a plate. I like to eat carrots. Which vegetable
llevo. should I pick out?
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase pick out. 5. Repeat each sentence. Replace the word
It shows a girl picking out a piece of fruit. She choose with the phrase pick out.
picks out the apple from the bowl. Why do Sandy will choose Erin as her partner.
you think she picked out the apple? Justin will choose the biggest slice of pizza.
Emma will choose the red dress.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: pick
out, pick out, pick out.
Word 2 pick up
1. In English, pick up means “to lift something 4. I’m going to ask you some questions. Answer
or raise it up.” Say it with me: pick up. If I see “yes” or “no.”
trash on the floor, I pick it up and throw it Can you pick up a shoe?
away. Can you pick up a book?
2. En español, to pick up quiere decir “levantar Can you pick up a farm?
o recoger algo.” Si veo basura en el piso, la Can you pick up a toy?
recojo y la tiro. 5. I am going to describe some actions. If you
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase pick up. think I am picking something up say, “You are
It shows that a magnet can pick up lots of picking it up.” If not say, “You are not picking
safety pins at once. What else could a magnet it up.”
pick up? I am lifting a chair off the floor.
I am taking a cup from the saucer and putting
it to my mouth to drink.
I am dropping my book on the floor.
I am taking my backpack from my chair and
putting it on my back.
up, pick up, pick up.
218
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (b) © The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc./Ken Cavanagh, photographer.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 better
Unit 4 Week 3 César Chávez
Word 4 best
Word 3 better
1. In English, we use better to compare two 4. Tell your partner about two stories you read.
things. Say it with me: better. Better means Then tell which one you liked better and why.
“finer than or more likeable in some way than 5. Which season do you like better, winter or
another.” My new bike is better than my old summer? Tell your partner. Talk about why.
bike. My old bike was broken, but my new
bike works great. That’s why it’s better. 6. Repeat the word three times with me: better,
better, better.
2. En español, better quiere decir “mejor que
otra cosa.” Mi bicicleta nueva es mejor que mi
bicicleta vieja. Mi bici vieja ya no servía, pero
mi bici nueva funciona de maravilla. Por eso es
mejor.
3. This picture demonstrates the word better.
It shows all kinds of healthy fruits. Fruits are
better for you than candy. Which do you
like better, apples or grapes? Bananas or
strawberries?
Word 4 best
1. In English, we use best to compare more than 4. Tell your partner about the best movie you
two things. Say it with me: best. Best means ever saw. Then tell why you think it is the
“finest, superior or more likeable in some best.
way than all others.” My new bike is the best 5. Which is your best subject in school? Tell your
present I ever got. partner. Talk about why.
2. En español, best quiere decir “mejor que 6. Repeat the word three times with me: best,
cualquier otra cosa; superior a todos.” Mi best, best.
bicicleta es el mejor regalo que jamás he
recibido.
3. This picture demonstrates the word best. Look
at the girl. (Point to the girl.) She is holding a
bunch of grapes. She is smiling because the
grapes she holds are the best grapes she could
find. She picked the biggest, ripest, juiciest
grapes she could find.
220
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Comstock Images/Jupiterimages. (b) © BananaStock/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 4 Week 3
grape, peach, banana,
César Chávez
tomato, lemon, orange
grape peach banana
tomato lemon orange
ROUTINE
221
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) Photodisc/PunchStock. (tc) © Image Source Black/Jupiterimages. (tr) © Iconotec/Alamy Images.
(bl) © Danilo Calilung/Corbis. (bm) © Image Source Black/Jupiterimages. (br) VisionsofAmerica/Joe Sohm/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 perhaps
Unit 4 Week 4 Frog and Toad: The Kite
Word 2 meadow
Key Vocabulary Word 1 perhaps

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Think about what you might do after school
1. One word in the selection is perhaps. Say it today. Tell your partner. Use the word perhaps
with me: perhaps. Perhaps means “maybe or in your sentence.
might happen.” If you think it might snow, 5. Look at the weather outside today. Talk to
but you are not sure you can say, “Perhaps it your partner about what the weather might
will snow.” be like tomorrow. Use the word perhaps to
2. En español, perhaps quiere decir “quizás, tal talk about what tomorrow’s weather might be
vez.” Si piensas que va a nevar, pero no estás like.
seguro, puedes decir: “Quizás va a nevar.” 6. Now let’s say perhaps together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the word times: perhaps, perhaps, perhaps.
perhaps. (Point to the sky in the photo.) See all
the dark clouds in the sky. Since it looks like it
might rain, we can say, “Perhaps it will rain.”
Key Vocabulary Word 2 meadow

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Look at the picture of the meadow with your
1. Another word in the selection is meadow. partner. Talk about what you would like to do
Say it with me: meadow. Meadow means if you were in the meadow. (Examples include:
“a large area of land covered with grass, a run, lie in the sun, play games)
grass-covered field.” Cows like eat the grass 5. Work with your partner to name as many
in a meadow. A meadow can have low hills words as you can that tell about the meadow.
covered with grass. (Examples include: big, green, grassy, field,
2. En español, meadow quiere decir “pradera, open)
terreno grande y llano cubierto de pasto.” Las 6. Now let’s say meadow together three more
vacas comen el pasto de la pradera. Una pradera times: meadow, meadow, meadow.
puede tener colinas cubiertas de pasto.
word meadow. (Point to the meadow in the
photo.) This is a meadow. It is a large area
of grassy land. There are no buildings on the
meadow, just grass.
224
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © L. Clarke/Corbis. (b) © Masterfile.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 approach
Word 4 quarrel
Key Vocabulary Word 3 approach

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s try to jump as high as we can. Let’s take
1. One word in the selection is approach. Say it turns showing the different approaches we
with me: approach. Approach means “a way can use.
of doing something.” You can have more than 5. Let’s pretend a baby is crying. Let’s take turns
one approach when you ask someone to do showing different approaches to get the baby
something. You can ask them nicely, or you can to stop crying.
demand it. Those are two different approaches. 6. Now let’s say approach together three more
2. En español, approach quiere decir “manera times: approach, approach, approach.
de hacer algo.” Puede haber varias maneras
de pedir algo. Puedes pedir algo de manera
amable, o exigirlo. Éstas son dos maneras de
pedir algo.
word approach. (Point to different runners
in the photo.) All of these runners are trying
to win the race. They all have the same
approach. What are they doing that shows the
same approach? (Examples include: running
fast, using their arms.)
Key Vocabulary Word 4 quarrel

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. at how they are standing. You can see they do
1. Another word in the selection is quarrel. Say it not agree about something. They are having a
with me: quarrel. To quarrel means “to argue quarrel about what happened in the game.
or not agree about something.” People who 4. Tell your partner about a time you had a
do not agree about something often quarrel. quarrel. What was the quarrel about?
Remember when we learned the word argue? 5. Suppose two children are having a quarrel
Quarrel is another word for argue. about who gets to ride a bike first. Think of
2. En español, to quarrel quiere decir “discutir how you might help them. Share ideas with
o estar en desacuerdo.” Las personas que no ? your partner.
están de acuerdo a veces discuten. Recuerdan 6. Now let’s say quarrel together three more
cuando aprendimos la palabra argue times: quarrel, quarrel, quarrel.
(discutir)? Quarrel y argue son dos palabras
que quieren decir “discutir.”
quarrel. (Point to the hockey players in the
photo.) Look at the faces on these players. Look
226
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Creatas Images/Jupiterimages. (b) © Comstock Images/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 view
Word 6 assist
Key Vocabulary Word 5 view

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner what your view is about
1. One word in the selection is view. Say it with homework. Do you like it? Do you think
me: view. View means “the way you feel it is important? Start your sentence with
about a person, thing, or event, your opinion these words: In my view homework is
or attitude.” You can have a view or attitude .
about how you approach things. You can view 5. Tell your partner your view about how to
things in a happy way or an unhappy way. approach something new to do. For example,
2. En español, view quiere decir “opinión, la actitud what is your view about how to make new
que alguien tiene hacia una persona, cosa o friends?
situación.” Puedes tener una opinión o actitud 6. Now let’s say view together three more times:
sobre cómo hacer las cosas. Puedes ver las cosas view, view, view.
de manera positiva o de manera negativa.
word view. (Point to the mother and child in
the photo.) See how the mother and daughter
look. They have a happy view about the work
they just did.
Key Vocabulary Word 6 assist

Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Pretend your friend cannot find something
1. Another word in the selection is assist. Say that he or she has lost. Show how you would
it with me: assist. To assist means “to help.” assist your friend.
When you help someone carry something 5. Pretend your partner is carrying a big pile of
heavy, you assist him or her. Sometimes we books. Show how to assist your partner. Then
need people to assist us. switch roles and repeat.
2. En español, to assist quiere decir “asistir o 6. Now let’s say assist together three more times:
ayudar.” Cuando ayudas a alguien a cargar assist, assist, assist.
algo pesado, estás asistiendo a esa persona.
A veces necesitamos que alguien nos asista.
word assist. (Point to the person in the
wheelchair in the photo.) This man needs a
wheelchair to assist him to get from place to
place. The dog also assists or helps the man.
228
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Blend Images/Jose Luis Pelaez Inc/Getty Images. (b) © Digital Vision/ Don Farrall/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 determined
Key Vocabulary Word 7 determined

Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner about something you were
1. One word in the selection is determined. Say determined to do. Did you do it?
it with me: determined. Determined means 5. Talk to your partner about what you would do
“to really want to do something.” Most team if you were determined to learn how to speak
players are determined to win the game. If another language.
you really want to learn how to ride a bike, 6. Now let’s say determined together three more
you are determined to learn. times: determined, determined, determined.
2. En español, determined quiere decir “decidido,
resuelto a lograr algo.” Los jugadores de un
equipo casi siempre se proponen a ganar el
partido. Si tienes muchas ganas de aprender a
montar en bicicleta, estás resuelto a aprender.
word determined. (Point to the girl in the
photo.) Look at this girl’s face. It shows she
is determined. What is she determined to do?
(win the arm wrestling contest)
230
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Photodisc/David De Lossy/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 give up
Word 2 give out

Word 1 give up
1. In English, we use give up when we stop 4. I’ll describe some situations. After I describe
doing something. Give up means “to stop the situation, say,“Don’t give up. You can do
trying.” Say it with me: give up. When you it!”
play a game, you should do your best and Our baseball team is losing. But there are still
keep playing. Do not give up. 10 minutes left in the game.
2. En español, to give up quiere decir “darse por I can’t figure out this math problem. It is very
vencido.” Cuando juegas un juego, pon lo hard for me.
mejor de tu parte. No te des por vencido. I don’t know if I can run the last part of the
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase give race. I’m so tired!
up. It shows two children trying to complete 5. I will say some words. If they are close in
a puzzle. It’s hard, but they will not give up. meaning to give up say, “give up.” If not,
They’ll keep working on the puzzle until it is say nothing.
finished. quit
keep working
stop trying
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: give
up, give up, give up.
Word 2 give out

1. In English, we use give out to tell about 4. Let’s take turns as we each pretend to give
handing things to people. Say it with me: give out notebooks to five friends in the class.
out. Give out means “to distribute or hand 5. Now let’s pretend we have a big bag of
out.” The teacher will give out the books to presents. Let’s act out how to give out the
her students. presents to everyone in a group. Reach into
2. En español, to give out quiere decir “entregar the bag, get a present, and give it out.
algo a otros, distribuir.” La maestra distribuirá 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: give
los libros a sus estudiantes. out, give out, give out.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase give out.
It shows a woman giving out samples of food
to the people at the market. I love when they
give out samples because I can try new things.
232
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (b) © The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc./John Flournoy, photographer.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 pull up (to lift)
Word 4 pull up (to stop in front of)

Word 3 pull up (to lift)
1. In English, we can use pull up to talk about 4. I will describe some actions. Say, “pull up”
pulling or lifting something to remove it. Say if the actions describe someone pulling
it with me: pull up. Pull up means “to heave, something up. Say nothing if they do not.
lift, or remove something.” The gardener will The farmer yanked a bunch of carrots out of
pull up a bunch of weeds from the garden. the ground.
2. En español, to pull up quiere decir “halar The lifeguard lifted the child from the pool.
o alzar algo para removerlo, arrancar.” El The librarian put the book on the table.
jardinero arrancará la maleza del jardín The fisherman raised his pole and brought in
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase pull up. the fish.
It shows how the fishermen pull up the nets 5. I’ll say some words. If they are close in
from the water. When they pull up their nets, meaning to pull up, raise your hand and say
they pull up their catch. “pull up.” If not, say and do nothing.
yank up higher
put down
bring to a higher place
lift from
raise from
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: pull
up, pull up, pull up.
Word 4 pull up (to stop in front of)

1. In English, we can also use pull up to talk 4. Tell your partner about some places you
about when a car or other vehicle stops. Say have seen a bus pull up in front of. Use the
it with me: pull up. Pull up means “to stop in sentence starter: I saw a bus pull up in front
front of some place.” The school bus will pull of . (Examples include: my
up in front of the school at eight o’clock. school, my house, a store, the bus stop)
2. En español, to pull up también quiere decir 5. Look at the picture again. Describe to your
“detenerse enfrente de un lugar.” Se usa para partner what happens as a car pulls up to a
describir cuando un vehículo para. El autobús house. (Example: First we are riding along,
escolar se detiene enfrente de la escuela a las then the car pulls up to the house, and then
ocho en punto. it stops.)
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase pull up. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: pull
This car pulled up in front of this house. Then up, pull up, pull up.
the driver got out and left it there.
234
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Sandra Ivany/Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (b) © Gary He/McGraw-Hill Companies.
Basic Words
Unit 4 Week 4
kite, sail, hair,
Frog and Toad: The Kite
flag, grass, water
kite sail hair
flag grass water
ROUTINE
235
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Daniel Dempster Photography/Alamy Images. (tc) © PhotoLink/Getty Images. (tr) © Dave & Les Jacobs/Blend Images/Alamy Images.
(bl) © Comstock Images/Corbis. (bm) © eye35.com/Alamy Images. (br) © Eyecon Images/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 danger
Unit 4 Week 5 Animal Teams
Word 2 beautiful
Key Vocabulary Word 1 danger

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Talk with your partner about what you
1. One word in the selection is danger. Say it would do if you saw the danger sign in the
with me: danger. Danger means “something photo.
that can hurt or cause harm.” Fire fighters 5. Take turns completing the following
are in danger when they fight fires. There is sentence: You would be in danger if you
danger if you play with matches. . (Examples include: play
2. En español, danger quiere decir “peligro, with matches, walk alone at night, talk to
algo que puede causar daño.” Los bomberos strangers.)
se exponen al peligro cuando combaten los 6. Now let’s say danger together three more
incendios. Hay peligro si juegas con cerillos. times: danger, danger, danger.
word danger. (Point to the word “danger”
in the photo.) See this sign. You can see the
word ”Danger.” If you ever see a sign that
says “Danger” in the real world, stay away.
This danger sign is in front of poles that have
electrical wires that could cause harm.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 beautiful

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Think of a beautiful picture you have
1. Another word in the selection is beautiful. Say seen. Tell your partner what it looked like.
it with me: beautiful. Beautiful means “very Why was it beautiful?
pretty, pleasing to look at.” A very pretty 5. Look at the photo of the flowers. What
painting is a beautiful painting. A very pretty makes them look so beautiful? Talk with your
woman is a beautiful woman. partner about the photo. Use the sentence
2. En español, beautiful quiere decir “muy frame: These flowers are beautiful because
bonito, hermoso, bello.” Un cuadro muy . (Examples include: they are
bonito es un cuadro bello. Una mujer bella es pretty colors, they are fresh, they are nice to
una mujer hermosa. look at)
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows 6. Now let’s say beautiful together three
the word beautiful. (Point to the flowers the more times: beautiful, beautiful, beautiful.
photo.) This bouquet of flowers is beautiful.
It is very pretty. The flowers are pleasing to
look at.
238
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Arthur S. Aubry/Getty Images. (b) © Stockdisk/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 behavior
Word 4 group
Key Vocabulary Word 3 behavior

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner what kind of behavior a
1. One word in the selection is behavior. Say it friendly dog would have. What would the dog
with me: behavior. Behavior means “the way do?
animals or people act, their actions.” A dog’s 5. Talk with your partner about the behavior
behavior is good if the dog does not bark a of birds. What have you seen birds do when
lot or bite. It is bad behavior if the dog chews they are afraid? What about when they are
things in the house. hungry?
2. En español, behavior quiere decir “la manera 6. Now let’s say behavior together three
en que las personas o los animales se comportan, more times: behavior, behavior, behavior.
comportamiento.” Un perro tiene buen
comportamiento si no ladra mucho ni muerde.
Tiene mal comportamiento si es travieso y
destruye las cosas del hogar.
the word behavior. (Point to the leopards
in the photo.) See how these leopards are
kissing each other. Their behavior is friendly.
The other leopard is looking for danger. Its
behavior or action is helpful.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 group

1. Another word in the selection is group Say it the word group. (Point to the animals in the
with me: group. Group means “a set of things, photo.) See these animals. There are many of
more than one of things that are alike.” One them together in one place. They are all sable.
child is a single child. Three or more children is This picture shows a group of sable.
a group of children. Many animals together is 5. I’ll call out some names to make a group.
a group of animals. If I call your name, come up to make a group
2. En español, group quiere decir “grupo, of children.
un conjunto de cosas similares.” Un niño es 6. Let’s act out making different kinds of
un individuo. Cuando se juntan más de tres groups. I’ll tell you what kind of group to
niños, ya es un grupo. Muchos animales juntos make. Let’s make a group of boys. Let’s make
también son un grupo. a group of girls. Let’s make a group of books.
3. Group in English and grupo in Spanish are 7. Now let’s say group together three more
cognates. They sound almost the same and times: group, group, group.
240
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Photodisc/Tom Brakefield/Getty Images. (b) © Photodisc/Jeremy Woodhouse/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 plead
Word 6 soar
Key Vocabulary Word 5 plead

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Pretend you want your partner to come to
1. One word in the selection is plead. Say it with your house to play. Plead with your partner
me: plead. To plead means “to beg.” If you to come. Then switch roles and repeat.
really want something you might have to 5. Talk to your partner about a time you
plead for it. For example, if you want a new pleaded for something or someone pleaded
computer you might beg or plead for it for to you to do something. Tell how you or the
your birthday. other person pleaded for what he or
2. En español, to plead quiere decir “pedir she wanted.
algo a través de súplicas, rogar.” Si tienes 6. Now let’s say plead together three more
muchas ganas de algo, a veces tendrás que times: plead, plead, plead
suplicar para conseguirlo. Por ejemplo, si
quieres una computadora nueva, quizás
tendrás que rogarles a tus papás que te
regalen uno en tu cumpleaños.
word plead. (Point to the dog in the photo.)
This dog really wants it food. See the dog’s
face. This is how the dog pleads, or begs, for
the food.
Key Vocabulary Word 6 soar

Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner why the photo is a good
1. Another word in the selection is soar. Say it picture to show what the word soar means.
with me: soar. To soar means “to fly or rise (Examples include: Soar means to fly high
up high in the air.” When a birds flies from a and the bird is flying high; The bird is flying
tree up into the air, it soars. When an airplane in the air.)
takes off, it soars into the sky. 5. Talk with your partner to name some
2. En español, to soar quiere decir “remontar things that can and cannot soar. Use the
el vuelo, volar hacia el cielo.” Los pájaros sentences: can soar and
remontan el vuelo desde un árbol. Los aviones cannot soar. (Examples
vuelan alto. include: Can: planes, rocketships, birds, flies;
Cannot: ants, dogs, cats, elephants)
word soar. (Point to the bird in the photo.) 6. Now let’s say soar together three more
This bird soars through the air. It flies up high times: soar, soar, soar.
in the sky.
242
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © JUPITERIMAGES/ Comstock Images/Alamy Images. (b) © Stockbyte/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 vivid
Key Vocabulary Word 7 vivid

Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 5. (Provide children with crayons and paper.)
1. One word in the selection is vivid. Say it with Work together with your partner to draw a
me: vivid. Vivid means “bright, or colorful, or bird with vivid colors.
standing out.” Some birds have very bright 6. Tell your partner an animal or a piece of
and colorful feathers. The colors are vivid. clothing such as a shirt or dress that you saw
2. En español, vivid quiere decir “vivo, de that had vivid colors. Describe the animal or
color intenso, llamativo.” Algunos pájaros clothing to your partner.
tienen plumas de colores distintos e intensos. 7. Now let’s say vivid together three more
Los colores son vivos. times: vivid, vivid, vivid.
3. Vivid in English and vivo in Spanish are
4. Now, let’s look at a picture that shows the
word vivid. (Point to the fish in the photo.) See
how the patterns on these fish stand out. The
fish have vivid colors. They are so bright and
vivid they look like they are glowing.
244
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Photodisc/Photodisc/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 get out
Word 2 get away

Word 1 get out
1. In English, we use get out to tell about leaving 4. I am going to describe some situations. If you
a place. Say it with me: get out. Get out means think the animal is trying to get out, say “It is
“to leave a place.” When the bell rings at the trying to get out.” If not, don’t say anything.
end of the day, we are all ready to get out The bird is trying to open the door to its cage.
of school! The dog is trying to get the food from the
2. En español, to get out quiere decir “salir; table.
abandonar un lugar.” Cuando suena la The rabbit is climbing up to the top of the
campana, todos salimos de la escuela. rabbit hole.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase get out. 5. Now I am going to describe some places. If
Look at that cute little animal. That is a mole. you think the person should get out, say “Get
The mole lives in a tunnel underground. He Out!” If not, say nothing.
has dug up through the dirt to get out of his a person is in a cage with a tiger
tunnel. a person is in a house that is on fire
a kid is in a toy store
a kid is in a classroom
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: get
out, get out, get out
Word 2 get away

1. In English, get away means “to escape, usually 4. I am going to ask some questions. Answer
from danger or from something that is chasing each “yes” or “no.”
you.” Say it with me: get away. The robber Does a mouse want to get away from a cat?
tried to get away from the police, but they Does a child want to get away from a friend?
caught him. Does a fish want to get away from a bird?
2. En español, to get away quiere decir “escapar, Would you want to get away from a lion?
generalmente para huir del peligro o de 5. I am going to say some words. If they mean
alguien que te persigue.” El ladrón trató de almost the same thing as say get away, say
escapar de la policía, pero lo capturaron. “get away.” If not, say nothing.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase get escape
away. (Point to the cheetah.) This animal is a run from
cheetah. (Point to the zebras.) These animals avoid danger
are zebras. Cheetahs hunt and eat zebras. It stand still
looks like this cheetah is chasing the zebras.
The zebras are running fast. They are trying to 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: get
get away. Do you think the cheetah will catch away, get away, get away.
the zebras? Or will the zebras get away?
246
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © image100/PunchStock. (b) © Digital Vision/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 break off
Word 4 break up
Word 3 break off
1. In English, we use break off to describe a kind 4. I’m going to say some sentences. Repeat each
of separation. Say it with me: break off. Break sentence. Replace the word separate with the
off means “to separate from or come off.” words break off.
If you pull too hard on a door knob, it might She will separate the handle from the cup.
break off from the door. She will separate the leg from the chair.
2. En español, to break off quiere decir “romper, She will separate the branch from the tree.
separar.” Si halas con fuerza el tirador de la 5. I am going to describe some situations. If I am
puerta, se puede separar de la puerta. telling about something that is breaking off,
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase break say “break off.” If not, say nothing.
off. Look at all this ice. (Point to the large The bumper falls off the car.
body of ice.) I think this is an iceberg. (Point Mia puts together a puzzle.
to the smaller chunks of ice.) See the smaller The caboose separated from the rest of the
pieces in the water. They are there because train.
they break off from the iceberg and fall into Jack takes a piece of his pretzel and gives it to
the water. his little sister.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: break
off, break off, break off.
Word 4 break up
1. In English, we use break up to describe how to 4. (Distribute clay or other modeling material
make pieces of a whole. Say it with me: break to children.) Let’s break up the piece of clay
up. Break up means “to divide into pieces or I gave you. How many little pieces can you
parts.” If you drop a plate it may break up make?
into little pieces. 5. Let’s act out how we hammer a big rock so
2. En español, to break up quiere decir “partirse that it breaks up into little pieces.
en muchos pedazos.” Si dejas caer un plato, se 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: break
puede partir en muchos pedacitos. up, break up, break up.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase break
up. Look at all this ice. It was once one
solid sheet of ice. But you can see how the
big piece of ice can break up into lots of
little pieces.
248
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Image Plan/Corbis. (b) © Digital Vision/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 4 Week 5
ants, fish, geese,
Animal Teams
penguins, pigeons, sea lions
ants fish geese
penguins pigeons sea lions
ROUTINE
249
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Westend61/Alamy Images. (tc) © Stockbyte/PunchStock. (tr) © Russell Illig/Getty Images.
(bl) © Pixtal/age fotostock. (bm) © Simon Belcher/Alamy Images. (br) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 lucky
Unit 5 Week 1 Kitten’s First Full Moon
Word 2 leaped
Key Vocabulary Word 1 lucky

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. I dropped a carton of eggs in my kitchen. But
1. One word in the selection is lucky. Say it with I was lucky. None of the eggs broke. Now you
me: lucky. Lucky means “having things go tell your partner about a time you were lucky
well, having good things happen.” You are at home.
lucky if you win a prize at a school fair. If you 5. Once I forgot to bring a pen to school. But I
like pizza and we are having pizza for lunch, was lucky. I had another pen in my desk. Now
you are lucky. you tell your partner about a time you were
2. En español, lucky quiere decir “afortunado, lucky in school.
tener buena suerte.” Si ganas un premio en 6. Now let’s say lucky together three more times:
la feria escolar, eres afortunado. Si te encanta lucky, lucky, lucky.
la pizza, y eso es lo que vamos a comer hoy,
eres afortunado.
word lucky. (Point to the blocks in the photo.)
Look at how tall these towers are that the
children built. The blocks could have fallen,
but they did not fall. The children are lucky.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 leaped

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s pretend you and your partner are
1. Another word in the selection is leaped. Say it walking along a path. Look out—there is a
with me: leaped. Leaped means “jumped over rock in the path! One of you step over the
or jumped up.” If you jumped up the stairs, rock and the other leap over it. Who leaped?
you leaped up the stairs. If you jumped over a 5. Let’s all pretend we are in a race like the girl
fence, you leaped over the fence. in the photo. Let’s run, run, run, and leap!
2. En español, to leap quiere decir “saltar o (Repeat the pattern several times.)
brincar.” Si subiste las gradas a saltos, quiere 6. Now let’s say leap together three more times:
decir que lo hiciste con pasos agigantados. Si te leap, leap, leap.
saltaste una cerca, pasaste por encima de ella.
word leaped. (Point to the hurdle in the
photo.) Look at the girl. She leaped over this
hurdle. She is in a race. She has to run fast and
leap over these hurdles to win the race.
252
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Ken Cavanagh, photographer/McGraw-Hill Companies. (b) © Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 discover
Word 4 dusk
Key Vocabulary Word 3 discover

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. Tell your partner about the first time you
1. One word in the selection is discover. Say it visited a place such as a friend’s house or a
with me: discover. To discover means “to find new town. Tell something you discovered
something new.” When you open a gift box, about the place.
you discover what is inside. When you read a 6. Tell your partner about the first time you
new book, you discover what the story is about. tried a new food to eat. Talk about what you
2. En español, to discover quiere decir “descubrir; discovered.
encontrar algo nuevo.” Al abrir una caja 7. Now let’s say discover together three more
descubrirás qué contiene. Al leer un libro times: discover, discover, discover.
descubrirás de qué se trata.
3. To discover in English and descubrir in Spanish
discover. (Point to the boy and the paper tube
in the photo.) See the boy. He is using a paper
tube as a telescope to see what he can discover
in the sky. What do you think he will discover?
(Examples include stars and the moon.)
Key Vocabulary Word 4 dusk

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner where you think you will
1. Another word in the selection is dusk. Say it be today at dusk. Use the sentence frame: At
with me: dusk. Dusk means “the evening, just dusk I will be .
before the sun goes down.” It starts to get 5. Talk with your partner about what happens at
dark at dusk. Dusk is the time between the dusk. (Examples include: it starts to get dark,
day and the night. it’s time to go inside, the streetlights come on)
2. En español, dusk quiere decir “anochecer, 6. Now let’s say dusk together three more times:
justo antes de que se ponga el sol.” Empieza a dusk, dusk, dusk.
oscurecer cuando se hace noche. El anochecer
es el tiempo entre el día y la noche.
word dusk. (Point to the sky in the photo.)
Look at the sky. You cannot see the sun any
more and the moon is not out yet. It is dusk.
It is just getting dark. You can still see the
outline of the people and lighthouse.
254
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Blue jean images/PunchStock. (b) © Michael T. Sedam/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 mysterious
Word 6 pale
Key Vocabulary Word 5 mysterious

1. One word in the selection is mysterious. word mysterious. (Point to the fog in the
Say it with me: mysterious. Mysterious means photo.) See how dark and mysterious this
“strange, something that cannot be explained.” picture is. You do not know what is behind
If someone is doing something and won’t tell the fog. You do not know what will happen to
you what it is, they are acting in a mysterious the man in the boat. It is very mysterious.
way. If you hear a sound and you do not know 5. Tell your partner about a time you thought
what it is, it is a mysterious sound. someone acted in a mysterious way. Who
2. En español, mysterious quiere decir “misterioso; was it? What were they doing that looked
algo que no se puede explicar.” Si alguien mysterious?
está haciendo algo y no quiere decir qué es, su 6. Look at the photo. Pretend you and your
comportamiento es misterioso. Si escuchas un partner are in the boat. What would you say
sonido desconocido, es un sonido misterioso. to each other? Use the word mysterious in
3. Mysterious in English and misterioso in Spanish your conversation.
are cognates. They sound almost the same 7. Now let’s say mysterious together three more
and mean the same thing in both languages. times: mysterious, mysterious, mysterious.
Key Vocabulary Word 6 pale

Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 5. Look around the classroom with your partner.
1. Another word in the selection is pale. Say it Tell each other some objects that you see that
with me: pale. Something that is pale is very look pale.
light in color. Snow is white. It has almost 6. Draw a flower garden that has some pale
no color. It is pale. Light colors like pink and flowers. Then share your picture with your
yellow are pale colors. partner. Talk about which flowers are pale
2. En español, pale quiere decir “pálido; and which flowers are not pale.
descolorido.” La nieve es blanca. Casi no tiene 7. Now let’s say pale together three more times:
color. La nieve es descolorida. Los colores pale, pale, pale.
pasteles son colores pálidos.
3. Pale in English and pálido in Spanish are
word pale. (Point to the rose in the photo.)
Some roses are red. Red is not a pale color.
This rose if very light yellow. Light yellow is
a pale color.
256
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (b) © Burke/Triolo Productions/Brand X Pictures.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 scatter
Key Vocabulary Word 7 scatter

1. One word in the selection is scatter. Say it word scatter. (Point to the sky in the photo.)
with me: scatter. When you scatter things, you Look at the stars. They are all over the sky.
throw them so they are spread out all over. If They cover the sky. They are not in just one
you stack blocks on the floor they are one on place. The stars are scattered all over the sky.
top of another, but if you scatter the blocks, 4. Sometimes, when we plant seeds we scatter
they are all over the floor. the seeds all over the soil. Let’s pretend to
2. En español, to scatter quiere decir “esparcir, scatter seeds.
arrojar en distintas direcciones.” Si colocas 5. Let’s all stand up in a line. Now everyone
cubos de madera uno sobre el otro formando scatter around the room.
una torre y la torre se derrumba, los cubos 6. Now let’s say scatter together three more
quedarán esparcidos por todo el piso. times: scatter, scatter, scatter.
258
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Robert Llewellyn/Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 take off (to lift up)
Word 2 take off (to remove)

Word 1 take off (to lift up)
1. In English, we can use take off to describe 4. I am going to describe some situations with
how some objects lift up. Say it with me: take airplanes. If you think the airplane is taking
off. Take off means “to leave the ground and off, say “It’s taking off.” If not, say, “It’s not
start to fly.” We have to keep our seat belts taking off.”
on when the airplane takes off. The airplane is going down the runway and
2. En español, to take off quiere decir starts to lift into the air.
“emprender el vuelo; despegar.” Tenemos que The airplane is coming down from the air and
abrocharnos el cinturón cuando el avión va a lands on the ground.
despegar. The airplane’s wheels come up, and the
3. This picture shows the phrase take off. The airplane is off the ground.
rocket ship is taking off for outer space. Look 5. Now I am going to name some objects. Say,
at the smoke it leaves in its path! “It can take off,” if it is able to take off. Say
nothing if it cannot.
a helicopter
an airplane
a rocket ship
a truck
Word 2 take off (to remove)

1. In English, we also use take off to tell what 4. I am going to ask some questions. Answer
we do when we remove something. Say it with each question by saying either “yes” or “no.”
me: take off. Take off means “to remove or Should you take off your shoes before you go
detach.” I had to take off the price tag from to bed?
my new sweatshirt before I could wear it. Do you need to take off the top of a jar to
2. En español, to take off también quiere decir open the jar?
“quitar o desprender.” Antes de estrenar mi Do you need to take off your hat if it is cold
sudadera, tuve que quitarle la etiqueta. out?
3. This picture shows the phrase take off. You 5. I am going to say some words. If they mean
wash your hands with soap to take off dirt the same as take off say “take off.” If the
from your hands. Look at the hands in the words do not mean the same thing as take off,
picture. The child washes his or her hands to then don’t say anything.
take off the dirt. remove
detach
take something away from
glue together
260
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (b) © BananaStock/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 sweep up
Word 4 sweep away

Word 3 sweep up
1. In English, we use sweep up to describe what 4. I’m going to describe what some people are
we do when we clean with a broom. Say it doing. Say “sweep up” if they are sweeping
with me: sweep up. Sweep up means “to pick up. Say nothing if they are not.
up or remove dirt from the floor with a brush Kendra uses a broom to clean up the dirt from
or broom.” Before you mop the floor, you the laundry room.
should sweep up the dirt. Fran brushes the dust from the floor.
2. En español, to sweep up quiere decir “barrer Erin brushes her hair.
el piso con una escoba o cepillo.” Antes de 5. After I tell about each person, repeat
trapear el piso, hay que barrerlo. and complete this sentence: He (or she) is
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase sweep sweeping up the .
up. It shows how to sweep up with a broom. Keisha is cleaning the dirt from the kitchen
floor.
Mike is using a broom to remove the sand
from the front steps.
Mr. Collins is brushing the crumbs off of the
cafeteria floor.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: sweep
up, sweep up, sweep up.
Word 4 sweep away

1. In English, we use sweep away to describe 4. Think about going on a picnic. Tell your
what a storm or hurricane can do. Say it with partner what you would do. Then repeat and
me: sweep away. Sweep away means “to complete the sentence to tell what would
knock down or destroy.” A tornado can sweep happen if a strong wind came along. A strong
away many houses at one time. wind could sweep away .
2. En español, to sweep away quiere decir (Examples include: all of our food, the paper
“llevarse algo con violencia, destruir, plates, our drinks, the tablecloth)
arrebatar.” Un tornado puede arrebatar 5. Look back at the picture. Tell your partner
muchas casas de un solo golpe. some things a strong storm or tornado can
3. This picture shows the phrase sweep away. sweep away.
It shows that a storm was strong enough to 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: sweep
sweep away houses and cars. away, sweep away, sweep away.
262
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © image100/Corbis. (b) © Photodisc/D. Falconer/PhotoLink/Getty Images.
Basic Words
Unit 5 Week 1
bowl, full moon, pie,
Kitten’s First Full Moon
cent, disk, checkers
bowl full moon pie
cent disk checkers
ROUTINE
263
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Masterfile. (tc) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (tr) © Janis Christie/Getty Images.
(bl) © The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc./Ken Cavanagh Photographer. (bm) © Ingram Publishing/Alamy Images. (br) © Siede Preis/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 curious
Unit 5 Week 2 Meet Ben Franklin
Word 2 idea
Key Vocabulary Word 1 curious

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Tell your partner about something you are
1. One word in the selection is curious. Say it with curious about. Tell what you would like to
me: curious. When you are curious, you want to know about it. Use the sentence frames: I am
know or find out more about something. If you curious about . I want to find
see your friends whispering, you will probably out .
be curious about what they are saying. 6. Talk about animals you are both curious
2. En español, curious quiere decir “curioso; con about. Tell what you would like to know.
ganas de averiguar algo.” Si ves a tus amigos (Examples include: I am curious about what a
hablando en voz baja, estarás curioso. Querrás snake feels like, what a lion sounds like.)
averiguar qué están diciendo. 7. Now let’s say curious together three more
3. Curious in English and curioso in Spanish are times: curious, curious, curious.
word curious. (Point to the girl with the
stethoscope in the photo.) The girl can hear
sounds. Look at her face. You can tell she is
curious. She is curious about what she hears.
She wants to know what is making the sounds.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 idea

1. Another word in the selection is idea. Say it word idea. Look at the girl. She is raising her
with me: idea. (Point to your head.) Anything hand because she wants to tell the teacher
you think of is an idea. When you have what she is thinking. She wants to share her
an answer to a question, it is an idea. For idea.
example, if someone asks, “What should we 5. Think about what you could do to have
do today?” you might say, “I have an idea. fun after school. Tell each other your ideas.
Let’s go to the park!” Start with the sentence starter: My idea is to
2. En español, idea quiere decir “idea; algo .
que te viene a la mente.” Si se te ocurre la 6. Tell each other the best idea you ever had.
respuesta a una pregunta, te llega una idea. 7. Now let’s say idea together three more times:
Alguien te podría preguntar, “¿Qué hacemos idea, idea, idea.
hoy?” a lo cual tú podrías responder, “Tengo
una idea. ¡Vamos al parque!”
3. Idea in English and idea in Spanish are
266
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Blend Images/Jose Luis Pelaez, Inc/Getty Images. (b) © Stockbyte/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 career
Word 4 fascinating
Key Vocabulary Word 3 career

1. One word in the selection is career. Say it with word career. Look at what these people are
me: career. A career is what someone does for wearing. They all have on white coats. Then
work. Your career is the job you will do when look at the equipment in the office. You can
you are an adult. When you grow up, you see a computer and tubes and jars. These are
might have a career as a doctor, as a scientist, clues to the career these people have. They
or as a teacher. are scientists.
2. En español, career quiere decir “carrera; la 5. Let’s pretend we have a career as doctors.
profesión que alguien ejerce.” Cuando crezcas, Let’s act out being a doctor.
tendrás una carrera. A eso te vas a dedicar. 6. Think about another career. Take turns with
Podrás ser médico, científico o maestro. your partner acting out a career and guessing
3. Career in English and carrera in Spanish are which career it is.
cognates. They sound almost the same and 7. Now let’s say career together three more
mean the same thing in both languages. times: career, career, career.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 fascinating

1. Another word in the selection is fascinating. word fascinating. Look at the girl. She is
Say it with me: fascinating. Fascinating means watching and looking and touching the glass.
“very, very interesting.” Some people think What do you think is fascinating to her? (the
the stars in the sky are fascinating. They like bug in the tank)
to look at them and learn about them. When 5. Tell your partner about someone you think is
you are interested in something and like to fascinating. Why is he or she fascinating?
watch it and learn about it, you are fascinated 6. Talk with your partner about something
by it. It is fascinating. fascinating you learned or read about in
2. En español, fascinating quiere decir school. What was so interesting or fascinating
“algo interesante, irresistible o atractivo, about it?
fascinante.” A algunas personas les fascinan 7. Now let’s say fascinating together three more
las estrellas. Cuando te interesa mucho algo times: fascinating, fascinating, fascinating.
y te gusta mirarlo y aprender sobre ello, te
fascina. Te parece fascinante.
3. Fascinating in English and fascinate in Spanish
268
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Image 100/PunchStock. (b) © Bananastock/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 improve
Word 6 investigate
Key Vocabulary Word 5 improve

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner some ways to improve your
1. One word in the selection is improve. Say grades in school. (Examples include: study
it with me: improve. To improve means “to more, take you time doing work, get help with
make better.” When you comb your hair, you homework)
improve the way you look. Whenever you 5. Tell you partner about something you want to
make something better, you improve it. improve. Tell how you will improve it.
2. En español, to improve quiere decir “mejorar, 6. Now let’s say improve together three more
perfeccionar.” Cuando te peinas, tratas de times: improve, improve, improve.
mejorar tu apariencia. Cuando vuelves a hacer
algo, tratas de que te quede mejor.
word improve. This man paints his house.
He improves his house. How does painting
improve a house? (Examples include: It makes
it look better; It makes the house cleaner and
nicer to look at.)
Key Vocabulary Word 6 investigate

1. Another word in the selection is investigate. word investigate. This boy wants to know
Say it with me: investigate. To investigate about the object on the ground. He is
means “to find out about.” If you hear a investigating the object. He is looking at it
noise, you might want to investigate to find to see what he can find out.
out what it is. Some people like to investigate 5. Let’s investigate what is under the table. Let’s
how things work. For example, they might look to find out what is under there.
investigate what makes a watch work. 6. Now let’s pretend we found a treasure chest.
2. En español, to investigate quiere decir Let’s investigate to find out what is inside.
“investigar, averiguar, estudiar.” Si escuchas 7. Now let’s say investigate together three more
un ruido, tratas de investigar qué es. Algunas times: investigate, investigate, investigate.
personas investigan cómo funcionan las cosas.
Por ejemplo, pueden investigar cómo funciona
un reloj.
3. To investigate in English and investigar in
languages.
270
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Tom Grill/Corbis. (b) © Stockbyte/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 jump into
Word 2 jump over

Word 1 jump into
1. In English, we use jump into to describe a 4. I am going to name some things. If you can
kind of movement. Say it with me: jump jump into it, then say, “jump into.” If you
into. To jump into means “to leap inside of cannot jump into it, then say nothing.
something.” We all jump into the pool to cool the ocean
off. a swimming pool
2. En español, to jump into quiere decir a big box
“tirarse.” Todos nos tiramos a la piscina para a ball
refrescarnos. 5. Now I am going to ask some questions.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase jump Answer “yes” or “no” for each one.
into. It shows a girl who likes to jump into a Can you jump into the ocean to get wet?
puddle. Do you like to jump into puddles? Should you jump into a lion’s cage at the zoo?
Can you jump into a pool from a diving board?
Can you jump into your school desk?
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: jump
into, jump into, jump into.
Word 2 jump over

1. In English, we use jump over to describe how 4. I am going to describe some actions. If they
we get over something. Say it with me: jump describe jumping over say, “You jumped over
over. To jump over means “to leap above.” it.” If they do not, then say, “You did not
I did not want to step in the puddle, so I jump over it.”
jumped over it. I jumped from one side of a puddle to the
2. En español, to jump over quiere decir “pasar other.
de un salto, saltar por encima de algo.” Para I jumped from the side of the pool into the
no pisar el charco, salté por encima de él. water.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase jump I leaped over a kitten who was sleeping on the
over. It shows runners who can jump over floor.
hurdles in a race. They do not hit the hurdles 5. I am going to read some sentences. Repeat
when they jump. Their bodies go over the each sentence. Replace the words leaped
hurdles. above with jumped over.
The runner leaped above the hurdles.
The robber leaped above the wall.
The rabbit leaped above the bushes.
over, jump over, jump over.
272
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Digital Vision/Andersen Ross/Getty Images. (b) © Digital Vision/Ryan McVay/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 jump off
Word 4 jump at
Word 3 jump off
1. In English, we use jump off to describe how 4. I’m going to describe some situations. If you
we leap from a place or object. Say it with me: think it is safe to jump off, then say “Jump
jump off. Jump off means “to leap from.” It is off.” If it is not safe, then say, “Don’t jump
dangerous to jump off a ladder. off.”
2. En español, to jump off quiere decir “saltar o A lifeguard is on a diving board and wants to
tirarse de un lugar alto.” Es peligroso saltar de go into the pool.
una escalera. Juan is at the top of the stairs.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase jump Sara is on the bottom step.
off. It shows the skydivers as they jump off 5. Answer “yes” or “no” to each question.
the airplane. Can a cat jump off a chair?
Can a skydiver jump off a plane?
Can a ladder jump off the steps?
Can a butterfly jump off a flower?
off, jump off, jump off.
Word 4 jump at
1. In English, we use jump at to describe toward 4. Let’s pretend that there are balloons hanging
where we jump. Say it with me: jump at. To from our classroom ceiling. The balloons have
jump at means “to leap toward something.” strings attached to them. Let’s all jump at the
The kitten jumped at the mouse as it ran by. balloons to try to pull them down!
2. En español, to jump at quiere decir “caerle 5. Look at the picture again. Let’s pretend we
encima a algo, lanzarse.” El gato se lanzó are playing a basketball game, too. Let’s jump
sobre el ratón cuando pasó por su lado. at the ball to tap it away.
3. This picture demonstrates the words jump at. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: jump
It shows a basketball player who had to jump at, jump at, jump at.
at the ball to tap it away.
274
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Digital Vision/Getty Images. (b) © Stockbyte/SuperStock.
Basic Words
Unit 5 Week 2
sound, fossils, rocks,
Meet Ben Franklin
space, animals, plants
sound fossils rocks
space animals plants
ROUTINE
275
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Index Stock/Alamy Images. (tc) © Jason Edwards/National Geographic/Getty Images. (tr) © Ingram Publishing/age fotostock.
(bl) © Stocktrek/age fotostock. (bm) © Altrendo/altrendo images/Getty Images. (br) © Ingram Publishing (Superstock Limited)/Alamy Images
Key Vocabulary Word 1 extreme
Unit 5 Week 3 Stormy Weather
Word 2 predict
Key Vocabulary Word 1 extreme

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Tell your partner what it is like when the
1. One word in the selection is extreme. Say it weather is extremely hot. What do you do in
with me: extreme. Extreme means “much extreme hot weather? (Examples include: wear
more than what is usual.” It is not unusual cool clothes, go swimming, stay indoors in air
to have a rainy day. If it rains every day for conditioning)
a week, that is extreme. 6. Draw a picture of some kind of extreme
2. En español, extreme quiere decir “extremo, weather. Share your picture with your partner.
mucho más de lo que es normal.” Es normal que Talk to each other about your pictures.
llueva por un día. Si llueve todos los días durante 7. Now let’s say extreme together three more
una semana, eso es extremo. times: extreme, extreme, extreme.
3. Extreme in English and extremo in Spanish are
extreme. If it is cold near the water, some ice
may form. But this photo shows a great deal
of ice. This shows extreme cold. There is an
extreme amount of ice near the water.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 predict

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Pretend it is raining outside. When you look
1. Another word in the selection is predict. Say up at the sky the clouds seem to be going
it with me: predict. To predict means “to away. Tell your partner what you predict
guess what will happen.” What you predict about the weather. (Examples include: I
something you use clues to help you. For predict it will stop raining; I predict the sun
example, if you see children standing in line at will come out.)
a bus stop, you can predict that a school bus 6. (Hold up two different books: one
will soon come to pick them up. textbook and one picture book.) Tell your
2. En español, to predict quiere decir “predecir; partner which book you predict will be easier
adivinar lo que pasará más adelante.” Algunas to read. Tell which clues helped you predict
pistas te ayudan a hacer predicciones. Por ejemplo, that.
si ves unos niños en la parada del autobús, 7. Now let’s say predict together three more
puedes predecir que pronto llegará el autobús. times: predict, predict, predict.
3. To predict in English and predecir in Spanish
word predict. Look at the dark thick clouds in
the sky. The clouds are clues to what kind of
weather will be coming. You can use the clues
to predict that a big storm is coming.
278
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Nature Picture Library/Alamy Images. (b) © Ingram Publishing/age fotostock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 breeze
Word 4 commotion
Key Vocabulary Word 3 breeze

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. Tell your partner about a time you felt a
1. One word in the selection is breeze. Say it with breeze when you were inside. Where did the
me: breeze. A breeze is a light wind, a wind breeze come from? (Examples include: I felt a
that is not very strong. In the fall, the breeze breeze in my room. The window was open.)
blows the leaves on the ground. You can 6. Pretend you are standing in a meadow. Now
watch the leaves fly around in the breeze. pretend a breeze starts to blow. Talk with
2. En español, breeze quiere decir “brisa; viento your partner about what happens to you and
leve.” En el otoño, la brisa alborota las hojas. the meadow. (Examples include: The breeze
Puedes ver las hojas volar en el viento. blows my hair in my eyes; The breeze bends
the grass; The breeze makes me feel cold.)
3. Breeze in English and brisa in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and 7. Now let’s say breeze together three more
mean the same thing in both languages. times: breeze, breeze, breeze.
word breeze. This flag is flying in the breeze.
What would it look like if there were no
breeze? (The flag would be hanging down on
the pole.)
Key Vocabulary Word 4 commotion

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the word
1. Another word in the selection is commotion. commotion. Look at all these birds. They are all
Say it with me: commotion. A commotion making noise and flapping their wings at the
is a time when there is a lot of noise and same time. They are causing a commotion.
confusion. Too many people talking loudly at 5. Talk with your partner about what might
once in a small room can cause a commotion. cause a commotion in a movie theater. Tell
If we all get up at once and run to the door, what would happen. (Examples include: If
we can have a commotion. everyone tried to get out at the same time
2. En español, commotion quiere decir it could cause a commotion. People might
“conmoción; mucho ruido y alboroto.” get hurt.)
Cuando hay gente amontonada en un 6. Tell your partner if you think it would be good
cuartito, y están hablando todos a la vez, or bad to have a commotion in our classroom.
esa gente crea conmoción. Si todos nos Tell why.
levantamos al mismo tiempo y corremos hacia 7. Now let’s say commotion together three more
la puerta, podemos crear una conmoción. times: commotion, commotion, commotion.
3. Commotion in English and conmoción in
languages.
280
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Masterfile. (b) © Photodisc/Alan and Sandy Carey/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 conditions
Word 6 forecast
Key Vocabulary Word 5 conditions

1. One word in the selection is conditions. Say word conditions. (Point to the different parts
it with me: conditions. Conditions are what of the photo as you discuss each.) Look at the
it is like around you. The conditions in our weather conditions in this picture. The trees
classroom are warm and dry. You can decide are bent over, which shows it is windy. It is
what you will wear outdoors by checking wet, and the streets are flooded. These are
the weather conditions. For example, if the poor weather conditions.
conditions are rainy and cold you would wear 5. Tell your partner what weather conditions
a coat and use an umbrella. you like best.
2. En español, conditions quiere decir “condiciones; 6. Talk to your partner about today’s weather
modo de estar.” Nuestro salón está en cómodas conditions. Are they good or bad conditions
condiciones. Puedes decidir cómo vas a vestir for playing outside? Why?
según las condiciones climatológicas. Por 7. Now let’s say conditions together three more
ejemplo, en un día lluvioso y frío, hay que llevar times: conditions, conditions, conditions.
un impermeable y un paraguas.
3. Conditions in English and condiciones in Spanish
Key Vocabulary Word 6 forecast

Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner what your weather forecast
1. Another word in the selection is forecast. Say is for tomorrow. Do you both have the same
it with me: forecast. A forecast is a prediction. forecast?
A forecast is usually about the weather. 5. Talk about how the weather forecast can help
People look at the weather forecast to help you each day. (Examples include: The forecast
them decide what to wear for the day. can help me decide what to wear. It can help
2. En español, forecast quiere decir “pronóstico, me decide if I can go out to play.)
predicción.” El pronóstico del tiempo nos 6. Now let’s say forecast together three more
ayuda a decidir qué ropa vamos a usar ese día. times: forecast, forecast, forecast.
word forecast. This man is giving a weather
forecast. He is predicting what the weather
will be in the next five days. Where can you
see someone forecast the weather? (on TV)
282
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Warren Faidley/Corbis. (b) © Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 tranquil
Key Vocabulary Word 7 tranquil

1. One word in the selection is tranquil. Say it word tranquil. Look at the beach. It is empty.
with me: tranquil. Tranquil means “peaceful The sky is blue. The water is calm. It is quiet.
and quiet.” If you want to go to sleep, you This is a tranquil place.
want to be in a tranquil place. If you are in a 5. Draw a picture of an imaginary tranquil place.
quiet room, you are in a tranquil place. Tell your partner about the place in your
2. En español, tranquil quiere decir “tranquilo, picture.
pacífico, quieto.” Para dormir bien, hay que 6. Tell your partner about a real tranquil place
buscar un lugar tranquilo. Si estás en un you have been to. Describe why you like it.
cuarto sin ruido, estás en un lugar tranquilo. 7. Now let’s say tranquil together three more
3. Tranquil in English and tranquilo in Spanish times: tranquil, tranquil, tranquil.
284
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Comstock Images/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 on its way
Word 2 get out of their way

Word 1 on its way
1. In English, we use on its way to tell about 4. I am going to describe some situations. If you
when something is coming. Say it with me: on think the situation tells about something that
its way. On its way means “in the process of is on its way, say “on its way.” If not, then say
getting to a place.” Our class is on its way to nothing.
the computer room. The pizza delivery truck is bringing pizza to
2. En español, on its way quiere decir “en our class party.
camino.” Nuestro salón está en el camino al The airplane is about to land in Denver,
salón de las computadoras. Colorado.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase on its The truck broke down on the highway.
way. It shows a school bus driving down a The ambulance is coming to get the injured
road. It is probably on its way to school. man.
5. Now I am going to describe some things that
are on their way. Listen, then complete the
sentence: The is on its way.
The taxi is going to pick up a passenger.
The school bus is almost at my house.
The ship will be back at the dock in an hour.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: on its
way, on its way, on its way.
Word 2 get out of their way

1. In English, we use the phrase get out of 4. When fire trucks rush down the street, the
their way to tell what to do when you want other cars get out of their way. Talk to your
someone or something to move. Say it with partner about why. Tell why it is important for
me: get out of their way. Get out of their way the cars to get out of their way.
means “to move from the place where other 5. Suppose some children are sitting in a movie
people, animals, or things are going to.” theater, and some adults sit in front of them.
When a group of people runs in a race, the Now the children cannot see the movie screen.
police make sure that the cars get out of Tell your partner how the children can politely
their way. ask the adults to get out of their way.
2. En español, get out of their way quiere decir 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: get
“quitarse del camino.” Cuando un grupo de out of their way, get out of their way, get out
corredores participa en una carrera, la policía of their way.
se asegura de que los vehículos se quiten del
camino.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase get out
of their way. It shows an ambulance racing
through the streets. When ambulances or fire
trucks rush down the street, the other cars
need to get out of their way.
286
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © StockTrek/Getty Images. (b) © Jeremy Hoare/Life File/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 pick up a truck
Word 4 pickup truck

Word 3 pick up a truck
1. In English, we use pick up a truck to describe 4. Answer “yes” or “no” to each question.
lifting. Say it with me: pick up a truck. Pick up Can a tornado pick up a truck?
a truck means “to lift a truck.” A strong wind Can a crane pick up a truck?
can pick up a truck. Can a kitten pick up a truck?
2. En español, pick up a truck quiere decir Can a tow truck pick up a truck?
“levantar una camioneta.” Un fuerte viento 5. Repeat and complete each sentence with the
puede levantar una camioneta del suelo. phrase pick up a truck.
3. This picture demonstrates the words pick up The wind was strong enough to
a truck. It shows that the storm was strong .
enough to pick up a truck. I need a tow truck to .
I am not strong enough to .
up a truck, pick up a truck, pick up a truck.
Word 4 pickup truck

1. In English, we use pickup truck to describe a 4. Pretend you own a pickup truck. Tell your
kind of vehicle. Say it with me: pickup truck. partner what you would use it to carry. Where
Pickup truck means “a kind of vehicle used to would you carry the things in the truck?
carry things.” It usually has an open back to 5. Look at the picture again. Describe one of the
make it easy to put things in and carry them. pickup trucks in the picture to your partner.
We used a pickup truck to move furniture.
6. Repeat the words three times with me:
2. En español, pickup truck quiere decir “un pickup truck, pickup truck, pickup truck.
vehículo que se usa para cargar cosas, una
camioneta.” Una camioneta está abierta en
la parte de atrás para poder cargar cosas.
Usamos una camioneta para transportar
muebles.
3. This picture demonstrates the words pickup
truck. It shows two men standing by a pickup
truck. They are wearing helmets and looking
at some plans while they work. They use their
pickup truck in their construction job. What
do you think they carry in their truck?
288
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Warren Faidley/Corbis. (b) © VisionsofAmerica/Joe Sohm/Getty Images.
Basic Words
Unit 5 Week 3
wind, rain, snow,
Stormy Weather
clouds, sun, ice
wind rain snow
clouds sun ice
ROUTINE
289
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © DAJ/Getty Images. (tc) © Jupiterimages/Comstock Premium/Alamy Images. (tr) © Image Source/PunchStock.
(bl) © Andrew Paterson/Alamy Images. (bm) © I. Glory/Alamy Images. (br) © Jeremy Hoare/Life File/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 wondered
Unit 5 Week 4 Happy Fall!
Word 2 season
Key Vocabulary Word 1 wondered

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner something about a famous
1. One word in the selection is wondered. Say person that you wonder about. Talk about
it with me: wondered. Wondered means how you could find out about what you
“wanted to know about something.” Have wonder.
you ever thought about why the sky is blue? 5. Pretend you are a new student in this school.
Then you wondered about it. Tell each other what you might wonder about
2. En español, to wonder quiere decir “tener before you come to school.
curiosidad; tener deseos de saber; preguntarse.” 6. Now let’s say wondered together three more
¿Alguna vez te has preguntado por qué el cielo times: wondered, wondered, wondered.
es azul? Eso es tener curiosidad o preguntarse.
word wondered. These people want to know
about this skeleton. One thing they wonder
about is how old it is. What else might they
wonder about? (Examples include: what it
looked like when it was alive, who found it, if
it was dangerous)
Key Vocabulary Word 2 season

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Talk about the fall season with your partner.
1. Another word in the selection is season. Say it Tell what the trees look like where we live.
with me: season. A season is a time of the year. Tell how the weather feels. Tell what kind of
There are four seasons: winter, summer, spring, clothes you wear in the fall season.
and autumn, or fall. What season is it now? 5. Tell your partner which season is your favorite
2. En español, season quiere decir “estación del and why.
año.” Hay cuatro estaciones: invierno, verano, 6. Now let’s say season together three more
primavera y otoño. ¿Qué estación estamos times: season, season, season.
viviendo ahora?
word season. Look at the color of the leaves.
They are turning red and orange. In what
season do the leaves turn from green to red
and orange in some places? (autumn or fall)
292
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 blaze
Word 4 increase
Key Vocabulary Word 3 blaze

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Draw something that shows a blaze of color.
1. One word in the selection is blaze. Say it with Tell your partner which crayons you used to
me: blaze. Blaze means “a bright show of make your picture.
color.” A blaze of color usually means that 5. Show your partner the crayon you used that is
something has the colors of a fire. A blaze of your favorite. Tell your partner why you like it.
color is bright red, yellow, and orange. 6. Now let’s say blaze together three more times:
2. En español, blaze quiere decir “un resplandor blaze, blaze, blaze.
de colores deslumbrantes.” Un resplandor
normalmente tiene los colores del fuego: rojo,
amarillo y anaranjado.
word blaze. Look at the blaze of color in these
trees. The colors are so bright they almost
look like fire. The leaves are red and orange.
They are a blaze of color.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 increase

1. Another word in the selection is increase. Say increase. (Point to the measuring spoons one at
it with me: increase. To increase means “to a time from smallest to largest.) Look at these
get bigger or to get higher.” As you get older, spoons. This one is small. The size of each spoon
your age increases. As you get taller, your increases as they get bigger and bigger.
height increases, too. 5. Let’s pretend we are blowing up a balloon. Let’s
2. En español, to increase quiere decir “incrementar; put our hands around the balloon. Now it is
crecer; aumentar de tamaño o cantidad.” small. Let’s blow up the balloon and watch how
Entre más creces, más incrementa el número it increases in size. Use your hands to show how
de años que tienes. Entre más creces, más it increases in size.
incrementa tu estatura. 6. Let’s crouch down low so we are very short.
3. To increase in English and incrementar in Then let’s get up slowly to increase our size.
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost 7. Now let’s say increase together three more
the same and mean the same thing in both times: increase, increase, increase.
languages.
294
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brownie Harris/Corbis. (b) © Digital Vision/Siri Stafford/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 outline
Word 6 observe
Key Vocabulary Word 5 outline

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. (Provide children with pencil or crayon and
1. One word in the selection is outline. Say it paper.) Place the hand you do not write with
with me: outline. An outline is a line you draw on the paper. Open up your fingers. Now
around the outside shape of something. (Use use your other hand to draw the outline of
chalk to outline a book on the chalkboard.) To your hand. (Have children share their hand
make the outline of a book, I put the book on outlines.)
the board and draw a line all around the sides 5. Let’s work with your partner and take turns
of the book. Look—the outline shows the drawing and guessing outlines of different
shape of the book. shapes in the air. I’ll go first. Guess what shape
2. En español, outline quiere decir “contorno; I made an outline of. (Draw the outline of a
una línea que trazas alrededor de algo.” (Use circle in the air.)
tiza para trazar el borde de un libro en el 6. Now let’s say outline together three more
tablero.) Para hacer el contorno de este libro, times: outline, outline, outline.
lo coloco sobre la pizarra y trazo su forma.
Miren: el contorno muestra la figura del libro.
word outline. (Run your finger around the
outline in the photo.) The red outline shows
the shape of the United States.
Key Vocabulary Word 6 observe

1. Another word in the selection is observe. Say word observe. These people are observing
it with me: observe. To observe means “to and taking notes about what they see. What
watch or to look at.” When you look out activity are they observing now? (They are
the window, you observe what is happening observing students going in to school.)
outside. When you go to the zoo, you observe 5. Look around the classroom with your partner.
the animals. Tell each other what you observe.
2. En español, to observe quiere decir “observar; 6. Observe me as I work at the board. Tell your
mirar.” Si miras por la ventana, observas lo que partner what you each observe. (Draw a
está pasando afuera. Cuando vas al zoológico, simple picture such as a teddy bear or tree on
observas los animales. the board. Label the picture.)
3. To observe in English and observar in Spanish 7. Now let’s say observe together three more
are cognates. They sound almost the same times: observe, observe, observe.
296
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Comstock Images/PunchStock. (b) © Big Cheese Photo/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 scorch
Key Vocabulary Word 7 scorch

Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 4. Pretend you have a garden. Tell your partner
1. One word in the selection is scorch. Say it with what you do to keep your plants from getting
me: scorch. If there is too much heat and not scorched.
enough water, something can get scorched. 5. Talk to your partner about what a garden
The hot sun can scorch the leaves of a plant. If might look like if it were scorched.
the leaves are scorched, they will turn brown. 6. Now let’s say scorch together three more
2. En español, to scorch quiere decir times: scorch, scorch, scorch.
“chamuscarse; tostarse; quemarse.” Si hace
mucho sol y no hay suficiente agua, algo se
puede quemar. El sol puede quemar las hojas
de una planta. Si las hojas se queman, se
ponen marrones.
word scorch. Look at the land. It is all cracked
and dry. It needs water. It is scorched. Maybe
is was scorched by fire, or maybe it was
scorched by the hot sun.
298
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © PhotoAlto.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 pop out
Word 2 pop up
Word 1 pop out
1. In English, we use pop out to describe how 4. If you squeeze a box of juice too hard, the
something opens. Say it with me: pop out. juice will pop out. Tell your partner about
To pop out means “to open suddenly from a something else that will pop out if you
closed position or to bulge or stick out.” In squeeze it too hard. (Examples include a paper
the spring, flowers pop out. cup filled with water, an ice cream cone, a
2. En español, to pop out quiere decir “salir container of milk, or a tube of toothpaste.)
inesperadamente de una posición cerrada o 5. Look at the picture again. Talk about how this
de un lugar; brotar.” En la primavera, las flores picture shows what the phrase pop out mean.
brotan de la tierra. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: pop
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase pop out. out, pop out, pop out.
It shows that when it rains, umbrellas pop out.
They are opened from their closed positions
when their owners feel the raindrops on their
heads.
Word 2 pop up
1. In English, we use pop up to describe when 4. Let’s pretend we are toast in a toaster. Let’s
something comes out quickly. Say it with me: squat down until we are done. When we are
pop up. To pop up means “to come up quickly done, I will say “Pop up!” and we will all pop
from a downward position.” When the toast is up. (Repeat several times with children.)
done, it pops up from the toaster. 5. Now let’s look at the picture again. Let’s
2. En español, to pop up quiere decir “saltar de pretend we are prairie dogs. We will pretend
repente.” Cuando el pan está tostado, salta de that we are in the ground, and then we will
repente de la tostadora. pop up and look around.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase pop up. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: pop
It shows a prairie dog. The prairie dog pops up, pop up, pop up.
up from the ground. One moment you see just
the ground and the hole, the next you see a
prairie dog!
300
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Gavin Hellier/Stone/Getty Images. (b) © Design Pics/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 look out (be careful)
Word 4 lookout (place)

Word 3 look out (be careful)
1. In English, we use look out to warn of danger. 4. I’ll describe a situation. If you think I should
Say it with me: look out. To look out means look out, say, “Look out!” If not, say nothing.
“to be careful, watch carefully.” If you walk I am crossing the street, and a truck is coming
under icicles, you should look out for falling ice. down the road.
2. En español, to look out quiere decir “tener I am eating dinner, and a friend is sitting with
cuidado, estar pendiente de algo.” Si caminas me.
por un lugar donde hay carámbanos, debes I am not watching where I am going, and
estar pendiente de los pedazos de hielo que there is a closed door in front of me.
caen. 5. Repeat and complete each sentence with the
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase look out. words look out.
It shows that you should look out when you When we cross the street, we .
cross the street. What should you look out When we use a sewing machine, we
for? (Examples include: traffic, cars, buses) .
When we ride a bike, we .
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: look
out, look out, look out.
Word 4 lookout (place)

1. In English, we use lookout to describe a place. 4. Pretend you are at the lookout with the
Say it with me: lookout. Lookout means “a person in the picture. Tell your partner what
place to look from.” A lookout is usually up you can see. Start with the sentence starter:
high so that you can see things all around it. From this lookout, I can see .
Sailors can see for miles from the lookout at 5. Now pretend you are at a lookout on top of
the top of the ship. a ship. Use the sentence starter: From the
2. En español, lookout quiere decir “un lugar lookout on the ship, I can see
ideal para vigilar.” Los marineros pueden to tell your partner what you see.
vigilar desde lo alto del barco. Este es el lugar 6. Repeat the word three times with me:
ideal para vigilar. lookout, lookout, lookout.
3. This picture demonstrates the word lookout.
It shows a person at a lookout. From this
lookout, she can see very far away.
302
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Photodisc/Spike Mafford/Getty Images. (b) © Photodisc/Scott Thomas/Getty Images.
Basic Words
Unit 5 Week 4
tree, plate, mug,
Happy Fall!
window, bottle, bicycle
tree plate mug
window bottle bicycle
ROUTINE
303
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Creatas/PunchStock. (tc) © Digital Vision/Alamy Images. (tr) © Image Club Graphics
(bl) © D. Hurst/Alamy Images. (bm) © abstract stock/Alamy Images. (br) © SW Productions/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 cub
Unit 5 Week 5 A Tiger Cub Grows Up
Word 2 wild
Key Vocabulary Word 1 cub

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Draw a picture that shows a mother animal
1. One word in the selection is cub. Say it with with her cub. Tell your partner what kind of
me: cub. A cub is a name for some kinds of cub your picture shows.
baby animals. Baby animals have special 5. Tell each other as many words as you can that
names. A baby dog is a puppy. A baby cat is describe the cub in your partner’s picture.
a kitten. A baby tiger is a cub. Baby lions and (Examples include: cute, little, young, small,
baby bears are called cubs, too. weak, tiny)
2. En español, cub quiere decir “cachorro.” 6. Now let’s say cub together three more times:
Los bebés de algunos animales se llaman cub, cub, cub.
cachorros. Los bebés de los perros, tigres,
leones y osos son cachos.
word cub. See how small this little lion is.
It is a cub. It is a baby lion.

1. One word in the selection is wild. Say it with word wild. This giraffe is wild. It lives on its
me: wild. Wild means “living free in nature, own. It takes care of itself. It does not live
not at home, not a pet.” Wild animals live in with people.
the forests and jungles. They not taken care 4. Tell your partner the names of as many wild
of by people. Pets are not wild. They live with animals as you can think of. (Examples include
people and are taken care of by us. lions, tigers, elephants, and leopards.)
2. En español, wild quiere decir “salvaje; no 5. Talk with your partner about how the life of a
domesticado.” Un animal salvaje no puede wild animal is different than the life of a pet.
ser una mascota. Un animal salvaje vive en un 6. Now let’s say wild together three more times:
bosque o en una selva. No puede vivir en una wild, wild, wild
casa con una familia. En cambio, las mascotas
sí viven con nosotros. Nosotros las cuidamos.
306
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Peter Johnson/Royalty-Free/Corbis. (b) © Creatas/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 mature
Word 4 newborn
Key Vocabulary Word 3 mature

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. Tell your partner some people you know who
1. One word in the selection is mature. Say it are mature.
with me: mature. Someone who is mature is 6. Talk about what you will be able to do when
grown-up or an adult. When you grow up you you are mature, but you cannot do now.
will be mature. A baby is not mature. An adult (Examples include: drive a car, go to work,
is mature. get married)
2. En español, mature quiere decir “maduro; adulto.” 7. Now let’s say mature together three more
Cuando crezcas, serás maduro. Un bebé no es times: mature, mature, mature.
maduro. Un adulto es una persona madura.
3. Mature in English and maduro in Spanish are
word mature. This is a butterfly. A mature
caterpillar is a butterfly. It is an adult. It is
fully grown with wings and all of its colors.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 newborn

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. We have learned the words cub, mature, and
1. Another word in the selection is newborn. Say newborn. Tell your partner the order of these
it with me: newborn. Newborn means “just words that show the order of the life of a
born.” A baby is a newborn. A newborn baby tiger. (newborn, cub, mature)
needs lots of care. As the newborn grows, it 5. Talk with your partner about words that
becomes bigger and stronger. describe a newborn animal. (Examples include
2. En español, newborn quiere decir “recién tiny, weak, baby, and helpless.)
nacido.” Un bebé es un recién nacido. Un 6. Now let’s say newborn together three more
recién nacido necesita muchos cuidados. times: newborn, newborn, newborn.
Ese bebé irá creciendo grande y fuerte.
word newborn. (Point to the chick in the
photo). This chick just came out of its egg.
It is a newborn chick.
308
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Creatas Images/PunchStock. (b) © Discovery Channel Images/Jeff Foott/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 process
Word 6 remain
Key Vocabulary Word 5 process

1. One word in the selection is process. Say it word process. (Point to the different stages
with me: process. Process means “the steps in the lifecycle of the butterfly shown in
that are followed to do something.” When the photo as you talk about each step.) This
you learn to read, you follow a process. First picture shows the process a butterfly goes
you learn letters, then you learn words, and through to become a butterfly. First it is
then you learn to put the words together to a caterpillar, then the caterpillar makes a
read sentences. cocoon, and then it comes out of the cocoon
as a butterfly.
2. En español, process quiere decir “proceso; los
pasos que hay que tomar para hacer o lograr 5. Let’s act out the process we would follow to
algo.” Para aprender a leer, hay que seguir make a sandwich.
un proceso. Primero se aprenden las letras. 6. Now let’s act out the process we would follow
Después se aprenden las palabras. Entonces se to wrap a present.
juntan las palabras para formar oraciones. 7. Now let’s say process together three more
3. Process in English and proceso in Spanish are times: process, process, process.
Key Vocabulary Word 6 remain

Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s all do some dance movements. When I
1. Another word in the selection is remain. Say say “remain there” everyone stop and remain
it with me: remain. To remain means “to in the position you are in. (Have children move
stay.” When it is raining outside, we like to and say “remain” several different times.)
remain inside until the rain stops. In school, 5. Let’s play Simon Says. Listen closely for when
you remain in your seats to do your work. I say to remain. (Say things like: Simon says
2. En español, to remain quiere decir stand up; Simon says remain standing.)
“permanecer; quedarse.” Si está lloviendo, 6. Now let’s say remain together three more
permaneceremos adentro hasta que deje de times: remain, remain, remain.
llover. En el salón, permanecemos sentados
para aprender la lección.
word remain. (Point to the cocoon in the
photo.) The butterfly in this photo came out
of its cocoon. The cocoon remains behind on
the branch after the butterfly comes out. The
butterfly will fly away. The cocoon will remain
on the branch.
310
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Ralph A. Clevenger/Corbis. (b) © Alan Weaving/Ardea.com.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 slender
Key Vocabulary Word 7 slender

Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 4. Draw a picture of something that is slender.
1. One word in the selection is slender. Say it Tell your partner what makes this thing
with me: slender. Slender means “long and slender.
thin.” A snake is slender, but an elephant 5. Look around the room and in your desk. Tell
is not. Some people have long, thin fingers. your partner some slender things you see in
Their fingers are slender. the room. (Examples include crayons, pencils,
2. En español, slender quiere decir “delgado y pens, chalk, a pointer, and a ruler.)
largo, esbelto.” Una serpiente es esbelta, pero 6. Now let’s say slender together three more
no un elefante. Algunas personas tienen los times: slender, slender slender.
dedos largos y delgados. Sus dedos son esbeltos.
word slender. Look at this caterpillar. It is
long and thin. This caterpillar is slender. See
the twig it is crawling on? Is the twig slender,
too? (yes)
312
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Photos.com Select/Index Stock Imagery.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 bite hard
Word 2 try hard

Word 1 bite hard
1. In English, we use the words bite hard to 4. I’ll say the name of a food. If you have to bite
describe how we eat something. Say it with hard to eat it, then say, “You have to bite
me: bite hard. To bite hard means “to chomp hard.” If you do not have to bite hard to eat
down with a lot of strength.” Sometimes you it, then say, “You do not have to bite hard.”
have to bite hard to get corn off of the cob. corn on the cob
2. En español, to bite hard quiere decir “morder apple
con fuerza.” A veces hay que morder con watermelon
fuerza para desprender los granos del maíz. raw carrot
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase bite cooked carrot
hard. The boy has to bite hard to eat a raw 5. I’ll say some actions. If they describe biting
carrot because carrots that are not cooked are hard, then say, “Bite hard.” If not, then say
not very soft. nothing.
using a lot of strength to bite
chomping down hard
hitting a rock with a hammer
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: bite
hard, bite hard, bite hard.
Word 2 try hard

1. In English, we use try hard to describe how we 4. Tell your partner about a time when you had
attempt to do something. Say it with me: try to try hard in school. What did you try hard to
hard. To try hard means “to use a lot of effort, do?
to make a big attempt.” You should always try 5. Now tell your partner about a time when you
hard to do well in school. had to try hard to do something at home.
2. En español, to try hard quiere decir “usar 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: try
mucho esfuerzo para lograr algo o hacer un hard, try hard, try hard.
gran intento, esforzarse.” Hay que esforzarse
para triunfar en la escuela.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase try
hard. It shows children on a swim team. The
swimmers had to try hard to be on the team.
314
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © The Image Bank/Superstudio/Getty Images. (b) © Jupiterimages/BananaStock/Alamy Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 full
Word 4 empty
Word 3 full
1. In English, we use the word full to tell about 4. I’ll describe a place or object. If you think
an amount. Say it with me: full. Full means the place or object is full, then say, “The
“holding as much as possible, filled or is full.” If it is not full, say,
complete.” If every seat is taken in a room, “The is not full.”
the room is full. Every place on the shelf has a book.
2. En español, full quiere decir “lleno; que The water is right up to the top of the glass.
contiene la máxima cantidad posible.” Si cada Some of the seats in the classroom do not have
asiento en el cuarto está ocupado, el cuarto children sitting in them.
está lleno. All of the spots in the parking lot have cars
3. This picture demonstrates the word full. It in them.
shows a full classroom. There is a student 5. I’ll say some words. If the word means full, say
sitting at every desk in the classroom. “full.” If not, say nothing.
complete
filled
packed
blank
6. Repeat the word three times with me: full,
full, full.
Word 4 empty
1. In English, we use the word empty to tell 4. I’ll describe a place or object. If you think
when something has nothing in it. Say it with the place or object is empty say, “The
me: empty. The word empty means “with is empty.” If it is not empty,
nothing in it, not having anything.” I drank say, “The is not empty.”
all of the juice in the glass, so now the glass is There are no books on the shelf.
empty. There is nothing in the dish.
2. En español, empty quiere decir “vacío; que no Some of the seats in the classroom have
contiene nada.” Me terminé el jugo que había children sitting in them.
en el vaso. El vaso ahora está vacío. There are no cars in the parking lot.
3. This picture demonstrates the word empty. 5. I’ll say some words. If the word means empty,
It shows an empty classroom. There are no say “empty.” If the word does not mean
students in the room at all. It is empty. empty, say nothing.
having nothing
blank
packed
bare
6. Repeat the word three times with me: empty,
empty, empty.
316
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Doug Corrance/Taxi/Getty Images. (b) © Ken Cavanagh/McGraw-Hill Companies.
Basic Words
Unit 5 Week 5
pounce, chew, bite,
A Tiger Cub Grows Up
climb, swallow, scamper
pounce chew bite
climb swallow scamper
ROUTINE
317
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Juniors Bildarchiv/Alamy Images. (tc) © Design Pics Inc./Alamy Images. (tr) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock
(bl) © Creatas Images/PunchStock. (bm) © Radius Images/Alamy Images. (br) © Big Cheese Photo LLC/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 supposed
Unit 6 Week 1 Olivia
Word 2 firm
Key Vocabulary Word 1 supposed

1. One word in the selection is supposed. Say it supposed. (Point to each girl in the costume in
with me: supposed. Supposed means “expected the photo.) This girl is supposed to be a fairy.
or required.” We are supposed to listen when What is this girl supposed to be? How can
someone else is talking. What are we supposed you tell? (She is supposed to be a queen or a
to do when we hear the fire drill bell ring? (We princess. She has a crown on her head.)
are supposed to quietly get in line.) 5. Tell your partner what you are supposed to do
2. En español, to suppose quiere decir “deber, when you spill a drink. Use the word supposed
suponer.” Se supone que debemos escuchar in your answer.
cuando alguien está hablando, pero no 6. Look again at the photo. Describe a costume
siempre lo hacemos. ¿Qué debemos hacer you wore, or one you would like to wear. Have
cuando suena la campana del simulacro de your partner guess what you are supposed to
incendio? (Debemos salir ordenadamente.) be. Switch roles and repeat.
3. To suppose in English and suponer in Spanish 7. Now let’s say supposed together three more
are cognates. They sound almost the same times: supposed, supposed, supposed.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 firm

TEACHER TALK PARNTER TALK
1. Another word in the selection is firm. Say it firm. Look at the fruit. The woman is looking
with me: firm. Firm means “hard.” Fruit that for fruit that is firm, or hard. Then she knows it
is ripe is firm. Do you like to eat a soft apple will be tasty. If it is firm it will not be bruised or
or a firm apple? Why? (a firm apple, because mushy. What kind of foods do you think should
it would taste sweet; a soft apple might be feel firm to taste good? (Examples include:
mushy and rotten) apples, squash, melons, oranges)
2. En español, firm quiere decir “firme, duro.” 5. Take turns telling each other as many words
La fruta madura está firme. ¿Prefieres comer as you can that mean firm. Then tell each
una manzana firme o una manzana blanda? other words that mean the opposite of firm.
¿Por qué? (una manzana firme sería más (Examples include: hard, stiff, solid; soft,
dulce; una manzana blanda puede estar mushy, gentle)
podrida) 6. Take turns naming things in the classroom that
3. Firm in English and firme Spanish are feel firm. (Examples include: chairs, desk, tables)
cognates. They sound almost the same and 7. Now let’s say firm together three more times:
mean the same thing in both languages. firm, firm, firm.
320
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Digital Vision Ltd./SuperStock. (b) © David Buffington/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 adventurous
Word 4 anxious
Key Vocabulary Word 3 adventurous

1. One word in the selection is adventurous. adventurous. Look at the hikers. They are
Say it with me: adventurous. If you are exploring someplace they’ve never been before.
adventurous, you are daring. You are willing They are adventurous.
to take a chance or a risk. If you like trying 5. Tell your partner something you have done
new things or going to places you have never that was adventurous. Did you try a new food?
been, you are adventurous. Did you visit a new place?
2. En español, adventurous quiere decir 6. Tell each other if you think you are an
“aventurero, dispuesto a tomar un riesgo.” adventurous person. Tell why or why not. Use
Si te gusta intentar cosas nuevas o visitar the sentence frame: I am (not) adventurous
lugares desconocidos, eres aventurero. because .
3. Adventurous in English and aventurero in 7. Now let’s say adventurous together three
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost more times: adventurous, adventurous,
the same and mean the same thing in both adventurous.
languages.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 anxious

1. Another word in the selection is anxious. Say word anxious. Look at the girl. She is waiting
it with me: anxious. Anxious means “worried, for something that is making her feel anxious.
scared, or nervous.” If you hear a strange How can you tell that she is anxious? (Examples
noise and do not know what is making it, you include: Her face looks worried, her hands are
might be anxious about it. clenched, and she is sitting in a stiff position.)
2. En español, anxious quiere decir “ansioso, 5. Let’s pretend we waiting to perform on stage,
preocupado, temeroso, nervioso.” Si escuchas and we feel anxious. Let’s use our faces to
un ruido desconocido, puedes sentirte ansioso. show that we are anxious.
3. Anxious in English and ansioso in Spanish are 6. Now let’s pretend we are still waiting and use
cognates. They sound almost the same and our hands and feet to show we are anxious.
mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say anxious together three more
times: anxious, anxious, anxious.
322
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Mario De Biasi/Corbis. (b) © Big Cheese Photo/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 inquisitive
Word 6 insignificant
Key Vocabulary Word 5 inquisitive

1. One word in the selection is inquisitive. Say it word inquisitive. See how this child uses a
with me: inquisitive. When you are inquisitive magnifying glass to find out about what the
you want to know about things. You ask a lot man has in his hand. This child is inquisitive.
of questions. Some people want to know how 5. Let’s pretend we have a mysterious box but
a computer works. They are inquisitive. What are not allowed to open it. What would we
are you inquisitive about? do if we were inquisitive about this box? Let’s
2. En español, inquisitive quiere decir “inquisitivo, act it out.
curioso, con deseos de saber.” Las personas 6. Let’s pretend we hear a strange noise in our
inquisitivas hacen muchas preguntas. Hay classroom. Let’s act inquisitive about the
personas que quieren saber cómo funciona noise.
una computadora. Son personas inquisitivas. 7. Now let’s say inquisitive together three more
¿Qué te causa ser inquisitivo? times: inquisitive, inquisitive, inquisitive.
3. Inquisitive in English and inquisitivo in Spanish
Key Vocabulary Word 6 insignificant

1. Another word in the selection is insignificant word insignificant. These are small rocks. They
Say it with me: insignificant. Insignificant do not affect us much. We may walk on them
means “not important. ” If a big rock fell from without noticing them. Most of the time we
a window it could be very dangerous. But if pay no attention to rocks on the ground. They
a small feather fell, it would be insignificant. are insignificant.
It would have no effect on anything. 5. Look around the classroom with your partner.
2. En español, insignificant quiere decir Name some things that are insignificant.
“insignificante, sin importancia, sin sentido.” (Examples include: small pieces of chalk, dust
Que una roca caiga desde una ventana puede on the floor, a paper clip)
ser peligroso. Pero que caiga una plumita de 6. Think about some things in your room or
pájaro sería insignificante. No causaría ningún your home. Tell your partner some that
daño. Nadie se daría cuenta siquiera. are important to you and some that are
3. Insignificant in English and insignificante insignificant.
in Spanish are cognates. They sound almost 7. Now let’s say insignificant together three more
the same and mean the same thing in both times: insignificant, insignificant, insignificant.
languages.
324
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Corbis. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 route
Key Vocabulary Word 7 route

1. One word in the selection is route. Say it with word route. Look at the road. If you follow
me: route. A route is a path or the way to a the path you will get to a place at the end of
place. You follow a route when you go from the route. If you go off the path you will be
your home to school. You go in a certain way in the woods next to it. You would not be on
to get you from one place to another. If you do the route.
not follow the route, you will not get to school. 5. I’ll show you a route to follow from my desk
2. En español, route quiere decir “el camino que se to the back of the room. Then you follow the
toma para llegar a un lugar, la ruta.” Sigues una same route.
ruta para llegar a la escuela. Vas en una dirección 6. Now take turns with your partner taking and
particular para llegar de un lado a otro. Si no following a different route from your desk to
sigues esa ruta, no llegarás a la escuela. the front of the room.
3. Route in English and ruta in Spanish are 7. Now let’s say route together three more times:
cognates. They sound almost the same and route, route, route.
326
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 really
Word 2 not at all

Word 1 really
1. In English, we can use really to put emphasis 4. I’ll say some sentences. Repeat each sentence,
on an action. Say it with me: really. Really but add the word really where it belongs. I’ll
means “truly or very much.” This test is really do the first one for you. I’ll say, “I am tired.”
hard. Then you say, “I am really tired.”
2. En español, really quiere decir I am happy.
“verdaderamente, realmente o muy.” Este It is cold outside.
examen es verdaderamente difícil. He can sing well.
3. This picture demonstrates the word really. It 5. Answer “yes” or “no” to each question.
shows a girl playing with a dog. The dog really Is a pillow really hard?
wears her out by playing so much. Does an eagle really soar high in the sky?
Should you really study before a test?
6. Repeat the word three times with me: really,
really, really.
Word 2 not at all

1. In English, we can use not at all to emphasize 4. Tell your partner about a time when you were
not. Say it with me: not at all. Not at all means not at all surprised. Use the sentence starter:
“absolutely not, not one little bit.” I am not at I was not at all surprised when .
all happy with the rainy weather. (Examples include: it started to snow, I got an
2. En español, not at all quiere decir “nada, ni un A, we won the game)
poquito.” No estoy nada contenta con tanta 5. Look back at the picture. Then talk about
lluvia. some things you like to do when you are
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase not at not at all sleepy. Use the sentence: I like
all. It shows that the two children having a to when I am not at all sleepy.
pillow fight are not at all tired. (Examples include: have some hot milk, read a
book, watch TV)
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: not at
all, not at all, not at all.
328
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Photodisc/Doug Menuez/Getty Images. (b) © Digital Vision/Daniel Pangbourne/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 That’s it! (that’s all – no more)
Word 4 That’s it! (that’s the one)

Word 3 That’s it! (that’s all – no more)
1. In English, we can use the phrase That’s it! 4. I’m going to describe an event. It the event is
when something is finished. Say it with me: finished say, “That’s it!” If not, say nothing.
That’s it! That’s it! means “that’s all, that’s the I am done with the test.
end, there is no more.” That’s it! I am finished The ball game is over.
putting away all of my toys. The play has come to an end.
2. En español, That’s it! quiere decir “es todo, The movie has just started.
se acabó o no hay más.” Se dice “¡Listo!” o 5. I’ll say some sentences or phrases. If they
“¡Todo listo!” “¡Todo listo! Ya terminé de mean almost the same thing as That’s it say,
guardar mis juguetes. “That’s it!” If not, say nothing.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase That’s It’s over.
it!. It shows the finish line of a race. That’s it! The end
The race is over. I’m finished.
Get ready.
That’s it! That’s it! That’s it!
Word 4 That’s it! (that’s the one)

1. In English, we can use the phrase That’s it! to 4. I’ll say some sentences that describe an item.
identify something. Say it with me: That’s it! You say, “That’s it!” and repeat the sentence.
That’s it! means “that’s the one, that is what I That’s the hat that I want.
want.” That’s it! I want that red dress. That is my car.
2. En español, that’s it! tiene otro significado. That is the book I was looking for.
También quiere decir “eso es; ése es el que 5. I’ll ask some questions about things in this
quiero.” ¡Ése es! Quiero ese vestido rojo. classroom. Point to the answers and say,
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase That’s “That’s it!”
it. It shows a girl holding up the piece of the Which is the first desk near the door?
puzzle that she needs. That’s it! That’s the What do we look at to tell what time it is?
piece that will solve the puzzle. What is the United States Flag?
That’s it! That’s it! That’s it!
330
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © image100/Corbis. (b) © Iconica/Jose Luis Pelaez/Getty Images.
Basic Words
Unit 6 Week 1
read, paint, show and tell,
Olivia
swim, sing, sew
read paint show and tell
swim sing sew
ROUTINE
331
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (tc) © image100/PunchStock. (tr) © SuperStock/Alamy Images.
(bl) © Ryan McVay/PunchStock. (bm) © Stockbyte/Getty Images. (br) © Keith Thomas Productions/PictureQuest.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 errand
Unit 6 Week 2 Whistle for Willie
Word 2 suddenly
Key Vocabulary Word 1 errand

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner about an errand you went
1. One word in the selection is errand. Say it with on. Who did you go with? What did you get?
me: errand. An errand is a short trip to do or 5. Look again at the photo. What do you think
buy something. When you go to the store to the mom and girl will do now? Do you think
buy a box of juice, you go on an errand. they will go on another errand? Talk with your
2. En español, errand quiere decir “mandado, partner about it.
una salida rápida para hacer o comprar algo.” 6. Now let’s say errand together three more
Cuando sales al supermercado a comprar jugo, times: errand, errand, errand.
haces un mandado.
word errand. This mom and her son and
daughter went on an errand together. They
went to the store to get some food.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 suddenly

1. Another word in the selection is suddenly. word suddenly. Look at the lightning in the
Say it with me: suddenly. Suddenly means sky. Lightning strikes suddenly. First it is not
“without warning, quickly, unexpected.” If there, then suddenly, with no warning—
it suddenly starts to rain, the rain falls quickly. boom—it strikes.
You did not expect it to rain, so you might 4. Let’s take a walk around the room. Show what
get very wet. we do if we stop suddenly.
2. En español, suddenly quiere decir 5. Let’s pretend we are reading a book, and then
“repentinamente, inesperadamente.” Si suddenly start to laugh.
empieza a llover repentinamente, llueve 6. Now let’s say suddenly together three more
de repente. Como no esperabas que lloviera, times: suddenly, suddenly, suddenly.
te podrías mojar.
334
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Comstock/PunchStock. (b) © Ingram Publishing/age fotostock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 dare
Word 4 humble
Key Vocabulary Word 3 dare

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner about a time you dared to do
1. One word in the selection is dare. Say it something different. Use the sentence frame:
with me: dare. To dare means “to challenge I dared to .
someone to do something.” Dare can also 5. Pretend you wanted your partner to eat a
mean that you have the courage to do strange new kind of food. Use the word dare
something. I do not have the courage to sing to challenge your partner to eat it.
in front of people. I would not dare do it. 6. Now let’s say dare together three more times:
2. En español, to dare quiere decir “desafiar o retar dare, dare, dare.
a alguien a hacer algo; atreverse a hacer algo.”
No tengo la valentía para cantar en frente de
otras personas. No me atrevo a hacerlo.
word dare. These children are learning how to
defend themselves. They are in a position that
dares others to attack them.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 humble

1. Another word in the selection is humble. Say word humble. This girl just danced on stage.
it with me: humble. If you are humble, you She is humble. She is hiding behind the curtain
do not want attention. People who do nice because she does not want a lot of attention
things for others are often humble. They do from the audience.
not want a lot of attention from others. They 5. Tell your partner how to be humble if you just
just want to help. got the highest mark in the class on a test.
2. En español, humble quiere decir “humilde, 6. Who is the most humble person you know or
sin llamar la atención, sin orgullo.” Las know about? Talk with your partner about
personas que sirven a los demás por lo this person. What does he or she do that is
general son personas humildes. No piden humble?
atención. Sólo quieren ayudar. 7. Now let’s say humble together three more
3. Humble in English and humilde in Spanish are times: humble, humble, humble.
336
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Photographer’s Choice/John-Francis Bourke/Getty Images. (b) © Purestock/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 permit
Word 6 predicament
Key Vocabulary Word 5 permit

1. One word in the selection is permit. Say it word permit. The parents of these children
with me: permit. To permit means “to allow.” permit them to ride bikes, but only if they
If your parents let you stay up late on the wear their helmets. They do not permit them
weekend, they permit you to stay up. to ride without helmets.
2. En español, to permit quiere decir “permitir, 5. Ask your partner if the teacher permits him or
dejar que algo sea posible.” Si tus padres te her to call out answers. Then after answering,
dejan acostarte tarde los fines de semana, switch roles and repeat.
ellos permiten que lo hagas. 6. Tell your partner one thing you would permit
3. To permit in English and permitir in Spanish a dog to do, and one thing you would not
are cognates. They sound almost the same permit a dog to do.
and mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say permit together three more
times: permit, permit, permit.
Key Vocabulary Word 6 predicament

1. Another word in the selection is predicament. word predicament. The car broke down.
Say it with me: predicament. A predicament is It does not work. This woman is in a
a difficult situation or a situation where there predicament. What does she do to help fix
is a problem. If you lock yourself out of your this predicament? (She is calling for help
house, you are in a predicament. If you get on the phone.)
a flat tire while riding your bike, you are in 4. Tell your partner about a predicament you
a predicament. had. What did you do about it?
2. En español, predicament quiere decir 5. Tell your partner about a predicament that
“situación difícil donde existe un problema, someone else had. What happened?
un aprieto.” Si cierras tu casa con llave y no 6. Now let’s say predicament together three
tienes tus llaves, estás en un aprieto. Si se te more times: predicament, predicament,
poncha la llanta mientras andas en bicicleta, predicament.
estás en un aprieto.
338
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (b) © Bananastock/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 solution
Key Vocabulary Word 7 solution

Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 5. I’ll put a problem on the board. Work with
1. One word in the selection is solution. Say it with your partner to find the solution. Then, we
me: solution. Solution means “the answer to a will share the solutions. (Write this problem
problem, or the way to fix a problem.” If you are on the board: 2 + 5 - 6 = ?)
asked to find one and one, the solution is two. One 6. Tell your partner about a problem you had or
solution for fixing a flat tire is to change the tire. a predicament you were in. Then tell about
2. En español, solution quiere decir “solución, the solution you used to solve the problem.
manera de resolver un problema.” Si se poncha Was it a good solution? Why or why not?
una llanta, hay una solución: cambiar la llanta. 7. Now let’s say solution together three more
3. Solution in English and solución in Spanish are times: solution, solution, solution.
solution. (Point to the girl at the end of the
number mats in the photo.) Look at the numbers.
This girl must put the next number onto the mat.
What is the solution? How do you know? (Seven,
because when you count, seven comes after six.)
340
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Polka Dot Images/Jupiterimages.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 start home
Word 2 get home

Word 1 start home
1. In English, we use start home to tell about the 4. Tell your partner about a place you leave to
beginning of the trip home. Say it with me: start home. Use this sentence: When I leave
start home. Start home means “begin to go I start home. (Examples include:
back to where you live.” After the game I will school, the mall, the store, the playground)
start home. 5. Tell your partner how you start home from
2. En español, to start home quiere decir school. Use the sentence: When I start home
“regresar a casa.” Después del partido voy a from school I . (Examples include:
regresar a casa. ride the bus, ride in my car, ride my bike, walk,
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase start take a train)
home. It shows children getting on the school 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: start
bus after school. They are leaving school to home, start home, start home.
start home.
Word 2 get home

1. In English, we use get home to tell about 4. Tell your partner some things you do when
arriving at home. Say it with me: get home. you get home from school. Use the sentence:
Get home means “to arrive at where you live.” When I get home from school I .
I get home from school at three o’clock. 5. Tell your partner about a time it took you a
2. En español, to get home quiere decir “llegar a long time to get home. Then tell about a time
casa.” Llegaré a casa de la escuela a las fres en it took a short time to get home. Talk about
punto. how you got home both times.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase get 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: get
home. It shows a boy who runs to his mother home, get home, get home.
when he gets home.
342
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Comstock/PictureQuest/Jupiterimages. (b) © Image Source Black/Alamy Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 look into
Unit 6 Week 2 Whistle for Willie (look into a mirror)
Word 4 look into (to study something)

Word 3 look into (look into a mirror)
1. In English, we can use look into to tell about 4. I’m going to name some objects. If you can
taking a glance. Say it with me: look into. look into them say, “You can look into it.” If
Look into means “to glance or turn your eyes not say, “You cannot look into it.”
into or at something.” Look into the box to a mirror
see what is inside. a house
2. En español, to look into quiere decir “mirar an opened box
adentro de algo o hacia una cosa.” Mira a locked safe
dentro de la caja para ver qué contiene. a wall
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase look 5. I’m going to describe some actions. If I am
into. It shows a girl who is playing dress up. looking into something say, “You are looking
She looks into a mirror to see how she looks in into it.” If not say, “You are not looking into
her costume. it.”
I see myself in the mirror.
I see what is inside the bag.
I close the door to the house.
I stare at the inside of my closet.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: look
into, look into, look into.
Word 4 look into (to study something)

1. In English, we can use look into to tell about 4. Think about your favorite animal. What would
finding out about something. Say it with you like to look into about that animal?
me: look into. Look into means “to study Do you want to know why, where, or how
something or to find out about something.” something happens with the animal? Tell
The police officer will look into the robbery. your partner using the sentence starter: I
2. En español, to look into tiene otro significado. would like to look into . (Examples
También quiere decir “estudiar algo o include: why a dog sheds, where penguins
averiguar algo; investigar.” El policía live, how lions eat)
investigará el robo. 5. Tell your partner about something you have
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase look already looked into for school. What did you
into. It shows a boy studying. He is looking learn after you looked into it?
into a subject he must learn about for school. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: look
into, look into, look into.
344
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Ryan McVay/Getty Images. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 6 Week 2
whistle, skate, write,
Whistle for Willie
draw, dance, pay attention
whistle skate write
draw dance pay attention
ROUTINE
345
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Zefa RF/Alamy Images. (tc) © Lisette Le Bon/SuperStock. (tr) © Laurence Mouton/PhotoAlto/PictureQuest.
(bl) © Valueline/PunchStock. (bm) © Inti St. Clair/Digital Vision/Getty Images. (br) © image100/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 interesting
Unit 6 Week 3 Cool Jobs
Word 2 ordinary
Key Vocabulary Word 1 interesting

1. One word in the selection is interesting. Say word interesting. Look at how these children
it with me: interesting. When something is are studying the pinecones. They find these
interesting, you want to spend time doing it pinecones interesting. They want to look at
or looking at it. It is interesting to learn new them and learn about them.
things. Some people think it is interesting to 5. Tell your partner about an interesting
watch how animals act. An interesting book story you read. Why did you think it was
is a book that someone enjoys reading and interesting?
wants to read more of. 6. Talk to your partner about the most
2. En español, interesting quiere decir interesting person you know or have seen
“interesante, algo que te llama la atención.” on television. What makes this person so
A mucha gente le interesa aprender cosas interesting?
nuevas. Algunas personas piensan que es 7. Now let’s say interesting together three more
interesante observar a los animales. Un libro times: interesting, interesting, interesting.
interesante es uno que nos gusta leer.
3. Interesting in English and interesante in Spanish
Key Vocabulary Word 2 ordinary

1. Another word in the selection is ordinary. word ordinary. Look at the cars. There is
Say it with me: ordinary. Something that is nothing very special about them. They are
ordinary isn’t special. On an ordinary school ordinary cars.
day, we have math and reading. We do not 5. Let’s pretend we are reading a book the
have parties on ordinary days. ordinary way. Then let’s show a special or
2. En español, ordinary quiere decir “ordinario, unusual way to read a book.
común y corriente, nada especial.” En un día de 6. Let’s walk in an ordinary way. Now let’s walk
clases ordinario vemos matemáticas y lectura. in a funny or silly way.
No tenemos fiestas en los días ordinarios. 7. Now let’s say ordinary together three
3. Ordinary in English and ordinario in Spanish more times: ordinary, ordinary, ordinary.
348
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (b) © Charles Smith/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 duty
Word 4 equipment
Key Vocabulary Word 3 duty

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Draw a picture that shows a duty you have at
1. One word in the selection is duty. Say it home. Tell your partner about your picture.
with me: duty. Duty means “a chore or 5. Tell your partner a duty you have in school.
responsibility.” It is your duty to come to Use the sentence frame: In school, it is my
school everyday. duty to .
2. En español, duty quiere decir “responsabilidad, 6. Now let’s say duty together three more times:
obligación, deber.” Es tu deber venir a clases duty, duty, duty.
todos los días.
word duty. This girl has a duty to help with the
laundry. What other duties might she have?
(Examples include: feed the dog, do the dishes)
Key Vocabulary Word 4 equipment

1. Another word in the selection is equipment. word equipment. (Point to the girl in the
Say it with me: equipment. Equipment means photo.) This girl is using safety equipment
“tools used to do a certain job.” Football while she is on her skateboard. See the helmet
players use equipment such as footballs, and knee pads?
helmets, and padding when they play. Fire 5. Tell your partner what kind of equipment
fighters use equipment such as a hose, helmet, you need to go on a camping trip. (Examples
and ax when they fight fires. include: tent, sleeping bag, lamp)
2. En español, equipment quiere decir “equipo, 6. Talk with your partner about a job that uses
las herramientas necesarias para realizar special equipment, such as a doctor, police
un trabajo.” Los futbolistas usan pelotas de officer, or builder. Then talk about the
fútbol, cascos y hombreras para jugar. Los equipment needed to do the job.
bomberos usan equipo como mangueras, 7. Now let’s say equipment together three more
cascos y hachas para combatir incendios. times: equipment, equipment, equipment.
3. Equipment in English and equipo in Spanish
350
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Image Source Black/Getty Images. (b) © JUPITERIMAGES/ Comstock Images/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 profession
Word 6 satisfaction
Key Vocabulary Word 5 profession

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. Pretend that you want to be an animal doctor.
1. One word in the selection is profession. Say Talk to your partner about some things you
it with me: profession. A profession is a job have to learn to be in that profession.
that a person needs special training to do. 6. Tell your partner about someone you know
Doctors go to school for many years to learn who works in a profession. What is the
their profession. profession? What does the person do in this
2. En español, profession quiere decir “profesión, profession?
un oficio que requiere de una educación o 7. Now let’s say profession together three more
entrenamiento para ejercer.” Los doctores times: profession, profession, profession.
tienen que ir a la universidad por muchos años
para aprender su profesión.
3. Profession in English and profesión in Spanish
word profession. This man is an animal doctor.
He went to school for many years to learn this
profession.
Key Vocabulary Word 6 satisfaction

1. Another word in the selection is satisfaction. word satisfaction. These children are enjoying
Say it with me: satisfaction. Satisfaction means their dog. They are happy and feeling good.
“contentment and happiness.” We usually They have satisfaction with their pet.
feel satisfaction when we do a good job. 5. Tell your partner about something you did
When we are happy with our friends, we feel that made you feel satisfaction after you
satisfaction, too. were done.
2. En español, satisfaction quiere decir 6. Take turns naming words that tell how you
“satisfacción, el estar complacido y contento.” feel when you feel satisfaction. (Examples
Nos da satisfacción realizar un buen trabajo. include: happy, content, relaxed, pleasure,
Cuando estamos rodeados de amigos, glad)
sentimos satisfacción. 7. Now let’s say satisfaction together three more
3. Satisfaction in English and satisfacción in times: satisfaction, satisfaction, satisfaction.
languages.
352
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Corbis. (b) © SW Productions/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 thorough
Key Vocabulary Word 7 thorough

Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 4. Pretend you lost an important paper in your
1. One word in the selection is thorough. Say it desk. Let’s act out doing a thorough search for
with me: thorough. Thorough means “complete the paper.
and very careful.” When you wash your hands, 5. Let’s act out how to do a thorough job of
do a thorough job to kill all of the germs. washing our hands and then of brushing our
2. En español, thorough quiere decir “completo, teeth.
absoluto, con mucho cuidado.” Hay que 6. Now let’s say thorough together three more
lavarse las manos con mucho cuidado para times: thorough, thorough, thorough.
matar todos los gérmenes.
the word thorough. This doctor is doing a
thorough examination on this patient. She
wants to check this patient carefully and
completely to be sure he is not sick.
354
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Comstock Images/PictureQuest.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 pull out (yank out)
Word 2 pull out (leave)

Word 1 pull out (yank out)
1. In English, we can use pull out to describe 4. I will describe some actions. Say, “pull out”
taking something out from its place. Say it if the actions describe someone pulling out
with me: pull out. Pull out means “to yank something. Say nothing if they do not.
from or yank out.” I will pull out my tooth The gardener yanked a bunch of weeds out of
when it gets very loose. the ground.
2. En español, to pull out quiere decir “arrancar Amber took her lunch out from her lunchbox.
algo de su lugar; sacar de un tirón.” Cuando I caught a fish and got it out of the water.
mi diente ya esté muy flojo, me lo voy a sacar Mika pulled the door closed.
de un tirón. 5. I’ll say some words. If they are close in
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase pull out. meaning to pull out, raise your hand and say
This child must pull out the carrot from the “pull out.” If not, say and do nothing.
ground to get the carrot. (Point to the carrot.) yank
Because it was growing in the ground, it will take out
take a lot of strength to pull it out. tug
raise from
push in
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: pull
out, pull out, pull out.
Word 2 pull out (leave)

1. In English, we can use pull out to tell about 4. Tell your partner about some places you have
leaving. Say it with me: pull out. Pull out seen a bus or car or train pull out of. Use the
means “to leave something you were in or sentence starter: I saw a [bus, car, train] pull
somewhere you were at.” The team pulled up out of . (Examples include:
out of the competition when the star player a garage, a train station, a bus station, a
was hurt. driveway)
2. En español, to pull out también quiere decir 5. Look at the picture again. Describe to your
“retirarse; abandonar un lugar o un evento.” partner what happens as a car pulls out of a
El equipo se retiró de la competencia cuando driveway. (First the car is not moving, then the
su jugador estrella se lastimó. driver starts the car, and then it moves away
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase pull out. from the house.)
It shows a driver in a car. The car pulls out of, 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: pull
or leaves, the driveway. out, pull out, pull out.
356
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Photonica/Adie Bush/Getty Images. (b) © Digital Vision/Noel Hendrickson/Getty Images..
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 get to work (start work)
Word 4 get to work (travel to work)

Word 3 get to work (start work)
1. In English, we can use get to work to tell 4. Let’s pretend we are carpenters building
about starting to work. Say it with me: get to something. We are all relaxing and eating
work. Get to work means “begin doing your lunch. But when I say “Let’s get to work!”
job or what you must do.” In school we get to everyone pretend to start building . (Act out
work as soon as we sit down in the morning. eating lunch, then say “Let’s get to work.”)
2. En español, to get to work quiere decir 5. Let’s do this same activity. This time we will
“empezar a trabajar; poner manos a la obra.” act out being students in school. You can talk
En la escuela, empezamos a trabajar en act out talking to each other, but when I say
cuanto nos sentamos en la mañana. “Let’s get to work!” stop talking and start
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase get to acting out doing school work.
work. It shows children getting to work in 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: get to
school. They are finding places on the globe. work, get to work, get to work
Word 4 get to work (travel to work)

1. In English, we can use get to work to tell 4. Your work is your school. Take turns asking
about going to work. Say it with me: get to and answering each other about how you
work. Get to work means “to travel to your each get to work.
job.” Some people get to work by bus. 5. Now talk about what you both do first when
2. En español, to get to work tiene otro you get to work (which is really school). Use
significado. También quiere decir “viajar a su this sentence to begin: When I first get to
trabajo.” Algunas personas viajan a su trabajo work I .
por autobús. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: get to
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase get to work, get to work, get to work.
work. It shows that some people get to work
by train.
358
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Pixland/PunchStock. (b) © Photodisc/Kent Knudson/PhotoLink/Getty Images.
Basic Words
Unit 6 Week 3
zoo, airport, hotel,
Cool Jobs
office, circus, police station
zoo airport hotel
office circus police station
ROUTINE
359
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © M Stock/Alamy Images. (tc) © Photowood Inc./Alamy Images. (tr) © Michael Blann/Digital Vision/Alamy Images.
(bl) © Creatas Images/PictureQuest. (bm) © Larry Lilac/Alamy Images. (br) © Darrin Klimek/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 invisible
Unit 6 Week 4 Dot and Jabber and the Big Bug Mystery
Word 2 clues
Key Vocabulary Word 1 invisible

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Hold up your hands. Now let’s all make our
1. One word in the selection is invisible. Say hands invisible. Let’s make them visible again!
it with me: invisible. When something is 6. Show your partner a small object. Have your
invisible, you cannot see it. On a cloudy day, partner look away. Now make the object
you cannot see the sun. It is still in the sky, invisible. Switch roles and repeat. At the end,
but it is made invisible by the clouds. show each other where the object is. Make it
2. En español, invisible quiere decir “invisible, visible again.
que no se puede ver.” En un día nublado, 7. Now let’s say invisible together three more
no se ve el sol. Está ahí en el cielo, pero es times: invisible, invisible, invisible.
invisible porque las nubes no nos dejan verlo.
3. Invisible in English and invisible in Spanish are
invisible. (Point to the nearly hidden fish in the
photo.) You know there is something under the
seabed, but you cannot see it. It is a fish. The
fish was made invisible by its surroundings.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 clues

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Think of a fruit. Give your partner three clues
1. Another word in the selection is clues. Say about the fruit. Have your partner try to guess
it with me: clues. Clues are “hints or signs.” the fruit. Keep giving clues until the fruit is
A detective uses clues to help solve a crime. guessed. Switch roles and repeat.
When a dog goes to the door and barks, it 5. Play the clue guessing game again with your
is a clue that the dog wants to go out. partner. This time give clues about an animal
2. En español, clues quiere decir “pistas, that you think of.
indicios.” Un detective usa pistas para resolver 6. Now let’s say clues together three more times:
un caso. Que un perro ladre y corra a la puerta clues, clues, clues.
es una pista que quiere salir.
clues. (Point to the sky in the photo.) The sky is
dark. You can tell it is windy too. These are clues
that tell us that a storm is coming.
362
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stockbyte/PunchStock. (b) © Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 blend
Word 4 dull
Key Vocabulary Word 3 blend

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Look around the room. Describe an object
1. One word in the selection is blend. Say it with that has a blend of colors or patterns to your
me: blend. A blend is a mix or combination. partner. Have your partner guess the object.
Our class is a blend of many different people. Then switch roles and repeat.
2. En español, blend quiere decir “mezcla, 5. Tell your partner what foods you would blend
combinación.” En nuestro salón hay una to make a tasty stew or soup.
mezcla de diferentes personas. 6. Now let’s say blend together three more times:
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the blend, blend, blend.
word blend. (Point to the different cloths in
the photo.) These cloths are a blend, or mix,
of many different colors and patterns.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 dull

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner about one object in the
1. Another word in the selection is dull. Say it classroom that you think is dull. What does it
with me: dull. Dull means “boring or plain.” look like?
A room that is all grey, with no other colors, 5. Talk with your partner about other words that
may seem dull. A party with no music or mean dull. Then try to think of words that
games may seem dull, too! mean the opposite of dull. (Examples include:
2. En español, dull quiere decir “aburrido o plain, boring, simple, uninteresting; fancy,
muy simple.” Un cuarto pintado de gris, colorful, fun, interesting)
sin ningún otro color, puede ser un poco 6. Now let’s say dull together three more times:
aburrido. Una fiesta sin música ni piñata dull, dull, dull.
puede ser aburrida también.
word dull. Look at this small pile of sand. It
is all one color and has no interesting shape.
It is plain and dull.
364
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Erica Simone Leeds 2007/Macmillan/McGraw-Hill. (b) © The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc./Ken Cavanagh Photographer.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 swift
Word 6 habit
Key Vocabulary Word 5 swift

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Take turns walking across the room in a
1. One word in the selection is swift. Say it with swift way.
me: swift. Swift means “quick or fast.” If you go 5. Talk with your partner about why someone
on a quick walk around the block, it is a swift might need to be swift. For example, you
walk. A quick or fast runner is a swift runner. need to be a swift runner to win a race.
2. En español, swift quiere decir “rápido, veloz.” 6. Now let’s say swift together three more times:
Si caminas de prisa por la calle, tu paso es swift, swift, swift.
veloz. Una persona que corre rápidamente es
un corredor veloz.
word swift. This is a racing car. In order to win
a car race, the car must be swift, or fast.
Key Vocabulary Word 6 habit

1. Another word in the selection is habit. Say it word habit. These children always brush their
with me: habit. A habit is something you do teeth after they eat. This is a good habit.
over and over. A habit is a pattern or routine Brushing their teeth after eating is a routine
you follow. If you do your homework at the they follow.
same time every day, it becomes a habit. 5. Tell your partner about some good habits you
2. En español, habit quiere decir “costumbre, have, such as brushing your teeth after eating.
una cosa que haces una y otra vez, hábito.” Si 6. Tell your partner about a bad habit you have
haces tu tarea a la misma hora todos los días, or you have seen people do that you think
se vuelve un hábito hacerla a la misma hora. should stop, such as biting your fingernails.
3. Habit in English and hábito in Spanish are 7. Now let’s say habit together three more times:
cognates. They sound almost the same and habit, habit, habit.
366
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Royalty-Free/CORBIS/Corbis. (b) © Big Cheese Photo/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 understand
Key Vocabulary Word 7 understand

Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 4. Explain something that you understand to
1. One word in the selection is understand. Say your partner. You can explain how to add two
it with me: understand. When you understand numbers, or tell about a book you read.
something, you know about it and are able to 5. Look at the photo again. Talk with your
explain it to someone else. If you know how partner about why children in school raise
to add two numbers, you understand addition. their hands when they want to answer a
When you understand addition, you can question. Give reasons to show that you
explain how to add. understand why. (Examples include: so the
2. En español, to understand quiere decir teacher knows that they know the answer;
“entender, conocer bien una materia.” so everyone does not talk at once)
Cuando entiendes algo, lo sabes y lo puedes 6. Now let’s say understand together three more
explicar a otra persona. Si sabes sumar, puedes times: understand, understand, understand.
explicarle a otra persona cómo hacerlo.
word understand. The teacher just taught
these children something in school. They raise
their hands to answer a question, because
they understand what they learned.
368
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Andersen Ross/Blend Images/Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 walk through
Word 2 to be through
Word 1 walk through
1. In English, we use walk through to describe 4. I will describe some actions. After each say
walking in a place. Say it with me: walk “You are walking through the .”
through. Walk through means “to stroll in a I am strolling all around the school.
place from one end to another.” On warm I am going from one end of the store to
days I like to walk through town. the other.
2. En español, to walk through quiere decir “dar I am walking with my friend and looking
un paseo por.” Cuando hace buen tiempo, me all around his house.
gusta dar un paseo por la ciudad. 5. I’ll say some words. If the word names
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase walk something you can walk through, say “You
through. (Point to the family). The family can walk through it.” If not say, “You cannot
walks through the park. walk through it.”
a park
a mall
a wall
a room
a puppy
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: walk
through, walk through, walk through.
Word 2 to be through
1. In English, we use to be through to tell about 4. I will tell you about some actions. Say, “You
when we have completed something. Say it are through,” or “You are not through,” to
with me: to be through. To be through means tell about the actions.
“to be finished or done.” I will be through I finished taking the test.
with my work in ten minutes. I painted the whole room.
2. En español, to be through quiere decir I completed the book I was reading.
“acabar, terminar algo.” Dentro de diez I still have to finish my lunch.
minutos terminaré mi trabajo. 5. I will say some words. If they mean almost the
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase to be same as to be through, say “to be through.”
through. It shows a finished or completed If not say nothing.
drawing. The boy is through with this to be done
drawing. to be completed
to begin
to be finished
to be happy
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: to be
through, to be through, to be through.
370
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Digital Archive Japan/PunchStock. (b) © Creatas Images/Jupiterimages
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 in plain sight
Word 4 plain object

Word 3 in plain sight
1. In English, we use in plain sight to tell about 4. I’ll name some objects in the room. If the
things we can see. Say it with me: in plain object is in plain sight say, “It’s in plain sight.”
sight. In plain sight means “clear or easy to If you can not see it say, “It’s not in plain
see or notice.” The playground I am going to sight.”
is in plain sight. my desk
2. En español, in plain sight quiere decir “que es my comb
fácil de ver, en plena vista.” Voy a un parque the chalkboard
que está en plena vista. your coat
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase in plain 5. I’ll say some sentences. Repeat each sentence,
sight. It shows a cheetah that can be easily replacing the words easily seen with in plain
seen. The cheetah is not hiding: it is in plain sight.
sight. The kangaroo was easily seen.
The pimple on her face was easily seen.
My backpack in the closet is not easily seen.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: in
plain sight, in plain sight, in plain sight.
Word 4 plain object

1. In English, we use plain object to tell about 4. Think about what might be on a plain
objects that are not fancy. Say it with me: sandwich. Describe a plain sandwich to your
plain object. Plain object means “something partner. Then talk about how you can make
that is undecorated or simple.” There is a the sandwich different so that it is not plain.
plain object on my desk. It is a plain sheet of 5. Tell your partner some words that mean
paper. almost the same as plain. Then tell some
2. En español, plain object quiere decir “una cosa words that mean the opposite of plain.
sencilla, sin lujos ni decoraciones.” Hay una (Examples include: the same: simple,
cosa sencilla sobre mi escritorio. Es una simple undecorated; opposite: fancy, decorated)
hoja de papel. 6. Repeat the words three times with me: plain
3. This picture demonstrates the words plain object, plain object, plain object.
object. It shows a plain object. (Point to the
pizza.) The plain pizza has no toppings. It only
has cheese and sauce.
372
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Jeremy Woodhouse/Getty Images. (b) © Comstock Images/Jupiterimages.
Basic Words
Unit 6 Week 4
fly, hide, hop,
Dot and Jabber and the Big Bug Mystery
run away, sting, crawl
fly hide hop
run away sting crawl
ROUTINE
373
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © JUPITERIMAGES/ Polka Dot/Alamy Images. (tc) © Jupiterimages/Brand X/Alamy Images. (tr) © Jupiterimages/Pixland/Alamy Images.
(bl) © James Hardy/PhotoAlto/Alamy Images. (bm) © Ianni Dimitrov/Alamy Images. (br) © ImageState/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 daydream
Unit 6 Week 5 Super Oscar
Word 2 cancel
Key Vocabulary Word 1 daydream

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s all daydream about a special place you
1. One word in the selection is daydream. Say it would like to visit. Then tell your partner
with me: daydream. To daydream means “to about your daydream.
think about something you wish for or hope 5. Now let’s daydream about actually meeting
for.” When it is cold and rainy outside, you a famous person you would like to meet.
might daydream about a warm, sunny day at Then tell your partner what happened in your
the beach. daydream.
2. En español, to daydream quiere decir “soñar 6. Now let’s say daydream together three more
despierto sobre algo que deseas.” En un día times: daydream, daydream, daydream.
frío y lluvioso es posible que sueñes despierto
con un día cálido y asoleado en la playa.
word daydream. Have you ever daydreamed
in class? This boy has. He is looking into
space, like he is deep in thought, but he is not
working like the girl behind him. Maybe he
is daydreaming about being outside playing
soccer.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 cancel

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Tell your partner about something you
1. Another word in the selection is cancel. Say were going to that was canceled. Was it a
it with me: cancel. To cancel means “to call party, school, a visit, a show? Tell why it was
off or stop.” If you are supposed to play a canceled.
baseball game and it starts to rain, you may 6. Act out with your partner how you would
cancel, or call off, the game. If it snows a lot, cancel an appointment with a doctor or
school may be cancelled or called off. dentist. Pretend you are talking on the phone
2. En español, to cancel quiere decir “cancelar, to cancel the appointment. Use the sentence
anular o dejar de hacer.” Si empieza a llover starter: I’m sorry, but I have to cancel the
durante un partido de béisbol, se puede appointment because .
cancelar el juego. Se pueden cancelar las 7. Now let’s say cancel together three more
clases durante una tormenta de nieve. times: cancel, cancel, cancel.
3. To cancel in English and cancelar in Spanish
word cancel. Look at how sad these players
look. That’s because their game was canceled.
They thought they were going to play, but the
game was called off.
376
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stockbyte/PunchStock. (b) © BananaStock/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 nutritious
Word 4 plentiful
Key Vocabulary Word 3 nutritious

1. One word in the selection is nutritious. Say word nutritious. (Point to the different foods
it with me: nutritious. Food that is nutritious in the photo.) These foods are all nutritious.
is healthy and good for you. Nutritious food The vegetables are nutritious, and so is the
has vitamins that we need to stay healthy. orange juice. We eat nutritious foods to stay
Vegetables are nutritious. Candy is not healthy and to help us grow.
nutritious. 5. Take turns with your partner naming
2. En español, nutritious quiere decir “nutritivo.” nutritious foods and drinks. (Examples include:
La comida nutritiva tiene vitaminas que spinach, oranges, milk, fish)
necesitamos para mantenernos sanos. Las 6. Tell your partner why it is important to eat
verduras son nutritivas. Los dulces no son nutritious foods. Use the sentence starter:
nutritivos. It is important to eat nutritious foods
3. Nutritious in English and nutritivo in Spanish because .
are cognates. They sound almost the same 7. Now let’s say nutritious together three more
and mean the same thing in both languages. times: nutritious, nutritious, nutritious.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 plentiful

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Draw a picture of something that is plentiful.
1. Another word in the selection is plentiful. Say It might be something in a store. Label your
it with me: plentiful. If something is plentiful, picture with the sentence: is
there is a lot of it. There is enough for plentiful. Tell your partner about your picture.
everyone. In the library, books are plentiful. 5. Tell your partner about a place where friends
2. En español, plentiful quiere decir “abundante, are plentiful. (Examples include: a party, in
que hay en gran cantidad.” Hay una cantidad school, in your neighborhood)
abundante de libros en la biblioteca. 6. Now let’s say plentiful together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the times: plentiful, plentiful, plentiful.
word plentiful. Look at all of the food on the
table. At this feast, food will be plentiful.
There will be plenty for everyone.
378
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (b) © Brand X Pictures/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 stubborn
Word 6 visit
Key Vocabulary Word 5 stubborn

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. One partner asks another to come with him
1. One word in the selection is stubborn. Say it or her. The other partner acts stubborn and
with me: stubborn. Someone who is stubborn refuses to go. Then switch roles and repeat.
refuses to change, listen, or move. A dog acts 5. Let’s all use our faces and gestures to show
stubborn when it will not move or go for a what we look like when we are stubborn.
walk. A stubborn child does not go to bed 6. Now let’s say stubborn together three more
when he or she is supposed to. times: stubborn, stubborn, stubborn.
2. En español, stubborn quiere decir “terco, que
se niega a cambiar, escuchar o mover.” Un
perro terco se niega a moverse. Un niño terco
desobedece a sus padres cuando le dicen que
se acueste.
word stubborn. This boy is stubborn. He will
not listen. He does not want to do what he is
being told to do. He does not want to change.
Key Vocabulary Word 6 visit

1. Another word in the selection is visit. Say it visit. (Point to the children in the photo.) These
with me: visit. To visit means “to go to see children are going to visit their grandparents.
someone for a little while, to spend some time They are going to spend time with their
with someone.” When someone is ill you can grandparents. Everyone is happy about the visit.
visit, or go to see the person in the hospital. 5. Tell your partner about a visit you went on.
2. En español, to visit quiere decir “visitar, ir a Where did you go? Who did you see?
ver a alguien un rato.” Puedes visitar a un 6. Tell your partner about someone who visited
enfermo en el hospital. you. Describe the visit to your partner.
3. To visit in English and visitar in Spanish are 7. Now let’s say visit together three more times:
cognates. They sound almost the same and visit, visit, visit.
380
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Fancy/Veer/Macmillan/McGraw-Hill. (b) © BananaStock/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 fantastic
Key Vocabulary Word 7 fantastic

1. One word in the selection is fantastic. Say it the word fantastic. This canyon is beautiful
with me: fantastic. Fantastic means “terrific, and unusual. It is not plain or ordinary.
great, better than usual.” A trip that is lots of It is fantastic.
fun and exciting is a fantastic trip. If you get 5. Tell your partner about a fantastic meal you
100 on your test, it is a fantastic grade. had. What did you eat? Where was the meal?
2. En español, fantastic quiere decir “fantástico, Who was there? What made it so fantastic?
magnífico, fabuloso.” Un viaje divertido y 6. Tell your partner what the most fantastic
emocionante es un viaje fantástico. Si sacas movie or TV program you ever saw was. Tell
100 porciento de las respuestas bien en un why it was fantastic.
examen, sacas una nota fantástica. 7. Now let’s say fantastic together three more
3. Fantastic in English and fantástico in times: fantastic, fantastic, fantastic.
languages.
382
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © MELBA PHOTO AGENCY/Alamy Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 daydream
Word 2 to dream for

Word 1 daydream
1. In English, we use daydream to describe 4. Tell your partner about a daydream you have
thinking about something. Say it with me: had. What do you like to daydream, or think
daydream. Daydream means “to have pleasant about during the day?
thoughts, to not pay attention because your 5. Daydream about meeting someone famous
are thinking about something pleasant, to who you would like to meet. Then tell your
imagine.” In cold weather, I like to daydream partner about your daydream.
about going to the beach in the summer.
6. Repeat the word three times with me:
2. En español, to daydream quiere decir “soñar daydream, daydream, daydream.
despierto; distraerse con pensamientos
agradables.” Cuando hace frío, sueño
despierto con ir a la playa en el verano.
3. This picture demonstrates the word daydream.
It shows a girl daydreaming about something
while she is in school. Is it good to daydream
in school? Why or why not?
Word 2 to dream for

1. In English, we use to dream for to tell about 4. Tell your partner about a toy you dream
wishing. Say it with me: to dream for. To for. Look at the picture to help you. Use the
dream for means “to wish for or to hope for.” sentence: I dream for a .
I dream for a chance to star in a movie. 5. Think of something you would like to do.
2. En español, to dream for quiere decir “anhelar For example, would you like to meet the
o desear algo.” Yo anhelo ser una estrella de president? Tell your partner what you dream
cine. for using this sentence starter: I dream for a
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase to dream chance to .
for. It shows a boy looking in a toy store 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: dream
window. He is dreaming for a toy he wants. for, dream for, dream for.
Which toy do you think he is dreaming for?
384
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (b) © Tim Hall/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 around
Word 4 round
Word 3 around
1. In English, we use around to describe where. 4. Let’s pretend we are in a parade. I’ll be the
Say it with me: around. Around means “from leader. Follow me as we walk around the
one place to another, surrounding a place or room.
thing.” I wear a belt around my waist. 5. Let’s walk around our desks. Walk around your
2. En español, around quiere decir “alrededor.” desk and I’ll walk around mine.
Uso un cinturón alrededor de mi cintura. 6. Repeat the word three times with me: around,
3. This picture demonstrates the word around. around, around.
It shows people who are standing around the
building to watch the parade.
Word 4 round
1. In English, we use round to tell about shape. 4. I’ll hold up some objects. Say “round” if they
Say it with me: round. Round means “the are round, say “not round” if they are not
shape of a circle.” A paper plate is round. round. (Hold up various objects that are and
A coin is round. are not round, such as coins, an eraser, a
2. En español, round quiere decir “redondo; paper plate, counters, a pen.)
con forma de círculo.” Un plato de cartón es 5. I am going to tell you about an object. If it
redondo. Una moneda es redonda. can be round, say. “It can be round.” If it can
3. This picture demonstrates the word round. It not be round say, “It cannot be round.”
shows a round pizza. The pizza has the shape It does not have any corners.
of a circle. It is round. It has straight sides.
It looks like a circle.
It looks like a square.
6. Repeat the word three times with me: round,
round, round.
386
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © VisionsofAmerica/Joe Sohm/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 6 Week 5
picnic, party, field trip,
Super Oscar
project, lesson, parade
picnic party field trip
project lesson parade
ROUTINE
387
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Digital Vision/PunchStock. (tc) © Purestock/PunchStock. (tr) © PhotoLink/Getty Images.
(bl) © Jupiterimages/Brand X/Alamy Images. (bm) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (br) © VisionsofAmerica/Joe Sohm/Getty Images.
Contents
English Language Development
Unit 1 Unit 4
Week 1 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................389 Week 1 ELD Vocabulary .................................................................... 449
Content Words ......................................................................391 Content Words ......................................................................451
Week 2 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................393 Week 2 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................453
Week 5 ELD Vocabulary .................................................................... 405 Week 5 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................465
Unit 2 Unit 5
Week 1 ELD Vocabulary .................................................................... 409 Week 1 ELD Vocabulary .................................................................... 469
Content Words ...................................................................... 411 Content Words ......................................................................471
Week 2 ELD Vocabulary ..................................................................... 413 Week 2 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................473
Week 3 ELD Vocabulary ..................................................................... 417 Week 3 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................477
Unit 3 Unit 6
Content Words ..................................................................... 443 Content Words ......................................................................503
Week 5 ELD Vocabulary .................................................................... 445 Week 5 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................505
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 special
Unit 1 Week 1 I Can!
Word 2 different
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 special
Unit 1 Week 1 I Can!

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Turn to your partner and talk about a special
1. One word in the selection is special. Say it toy you have. Tell each other why that toy is
with me: special. Special means “out of the special to you.
ordinary, important.” When something or 6. Now tell your partner about a special person
someone is special to you, they are important. in your life. Think about why that person is
This book is special. It is my favorite book. special. Tell your partner what that person
2. En español, special quiere decir “fuera de does that is special.
lo normal, importante, especial.” Cuando 7. Now let’s say special together three more
alguien o algo es especial, te parece que es times: special, special, special.
importante. Este libro es especial para mí. Es
mi libro preferido.
3. Special in English and especial in Spanish are
the word special. (Point to the birthday girl
in the photo.) It is this girl’s birthday. It is a
special day for her. This is her party, so she is
special because she is the birthday girl!
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 different

1. Another word in the selection is different. Say the word different. (Point to the children in
it with me: different. Different means “not the the photo.) See the children in this picture.
same or not alike.” There are many different They all look different. They are all wearing
kinds of animals. When we go to the zoo we different clothes. How else are they different?
see different animals. For example, we may 5. Each of you draw a picture of yourself. Then
see elephants, tigers, and lions. look at the pictures you drew. How are they
2. En español, different quiere decir “que different?
no es igual o parecido a otro, diferente.” 6. One partner will tell the other about a game
Hay muchas clases diferentes de animales. you like to play. Then the other partner will
Cuando vamos al zoológico, vemos diferentes talk about a different game. How are the
animales. Por ejemplo, vemos elefantes, tigres games different?
y leones. 7. Now let’s say different together three more
3. Different in English and diferente in Spanish times: different, different, different.
390
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/PictureQuest/Jupiterimages. (b) © Rob Van Petten/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 1 Week 1 What People and Animals Need
energy, air,
space, shelter
energy air
space shelter
ROUTINE
4. Explain how these four words fit into a group, or category. During
5. Point out the following cognates: energía, aire, espacio.
391
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Lew Robertson/Corbis. (tr) © Elmer Frederick Fischer/Corbis.
(bl) © Creatas/PunchStock. (br) © Steve Hamblin/Alamy Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 pretend
Unit 1 Week 2 Pat and Sam
Word 2 applaud
Unit 1 Week 2 Pat and Sam

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Think about your favorite animal. Let’s take
1. One word in the selection is pretend. Say it turns pretending to be our favorite animal.
with me: pretend. Pretend means “to make The rest of us will guess which animal you are
believe or act out.” Jamie likes to pretend he pretending to be.
is a super hero. He’s not really a superhero, 5. Now let’s all pretend we are playing different
but he has fun acting like he is. instruments. I’ll call out an instrument, and
2. En español, to pretend quiere decir “usar la you pretend to play it. (Call out names of
imaginación, actuar o hacerse pasar por algo.” instruments such as piano, guitar, violin,
A Jaime le gusta imaginar que es un super trumpet, drums.)
héroe. Él no es realmente un super héroe, pero 6. Now let’s say pretend together three more
se divierte haciéndose pasar por uno. times: pretend, pretend, pretend.
the word pretend. (Point to the girls in the
photo.) These girls like to pretend they are
at a tea party. They are not really drinking
tea. They are pretending. They’re acting like
they’re drinking real tea.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 applaud

1. Another word in the selection is applaud. Say the word applaud. (Point to the people
it with me: applaud. Applaud means “to clap clapping in the photo.) See the people in this
at the end of a performance.” When we go picture. They enjoyed the show. Each one of
to a show, we applaud at the end to let the them applauds. They clap their hands to show
performers know we liked the show. Let’s they liked the show.
all applaud together. (Demonstrate clapping 5. I’m going to pretend to be a singer. Watch my
quietly.) performance. When I’m finished everyone can
2. En español, to applaud quiere decir “unir applaud.
las manos para que hagan un sonido, 6. Now it’s your turn. Take turns pretending
aplaudir.” Normalmente se aplaude al final to put on a show. You can pretend to play
de una presentación. Se aplaude para que an instrument, sing, or dance. When you
los intérpretes o artistas sepan que nos ha are finished we will all applaud for you.
gustado su presentación. Aplaudamos juntos. (Have children take turns performing and
(Demuestre apluadir suavemente.) applauding.)
3. To applaud in English and aplaudir in Spanish 7. Now let’s say applaud together three more
are cognates. They sound almost the same times: applaud, applaud, applaud.
394
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stockbroker/Getty Images. (b) © BananaStock/PictureQuest/Jupiterimages.
ELD Content Words
Unit 1 Week 2 The First People of Australia
Australia, continent,
people, nature
Australia continent
people nature
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognates: continente, naturaleza.
395
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Jennifer Thermes/Getty Images. (tr) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
(bl) © Stockbyte/PunchStock. (br) © Robert Glusic/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 proud
Unit 1 Week 3 We Can Grow
Word 2 enjoy
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 proud
Unit 1 Week 3 We Can Grow

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Think about something you did that made you
1. One word in the selection is proud. Say it feel proud. Tell your partner about it. Use the
with me: proud. Proud means “pleased about sentence starter: I felt proud when I
something good you or someone else has . (Examples include: got a good grade,
done.” You should be proud of your good won a race, learned how to ride a bike, read a
grades in school. whole book.)
2. En español, proud quiere decir “agradado por 5. Now think about something you want to learn
algo que tú u otra persona ha hecho bien, to do. Tell your partner about how proud
orgulloso.” Deberían estar orgullosos de sus you will be when you learn. Use this sentence
buenas calificaciones en sus clases. starter: I will be very proud when I learn to
.
the word proud. (Point to the father in the 6. Now let’s say proud together three more
photo.) This dad is proud of his sons. See the times: proud, proud, proud.
smile on his face. He feels very pleased with
his sons. He is proud. What do you think they
did to make their father look so proud?
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 enjoy

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Talk to your partner about what you enjoy
1. Another word in the selection is enjoy. Say it at school. Do you enjoy playing outside? Do
with me: enjoy. Enjoy means “to have fun or you enjoy art or computer time? Use the word
to like a lot.” If you like to read, you enjoy enjoy in your conversation.
reading. If you like to ride a bike, you enjoy 5. Tell your partner about a person you enjoy
riding a bike. If you like tacos, you enjoy being with. What do you enjoy doing with this
tacos. person?
2. En español, to enjoy quiere decir “divertirse 6. Now let’s say enjoy together three more times:
o gustar mucho, disfrutar.” Si te gusta leer, enjoy, enjoy, enjoy.
disfrutas la lectura. Si te gusta montar en
bici, disfrutas montar en bici. Si te gustan los
tacos, disfrutas comer tacos.
word enjoy. (Point to the children in the
photo.) These children are having fun. They
enjoy playing together. How can you tell they
are enjoying themselves? (They are smiling.)
398
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Big Cheese Photo/PunchStock. (b) © ImageState/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 1 Week 3 Rights and Responsibilities
citizens, rights,
responsibilities, free
citizens rights
responsibilities free
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognate: responsabilidades.
399
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © S. Meltzer/PhotoLink/Getty Images. (tr) © Momentum Creative Group/Alamy Images.
(bl) © Creatas/PunchStock. (br) © Polka Dot Images/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 responsibility
Unit 1 Week 4 Kim
Word 2 cuddly
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 responsibility
Unit 1 Week 4 Kim

1. One word in the selection is responsibility. Say word responsibility. (Point to the boy in
it with me: responsibility. Responsibility means the photo.) This boy is taking care of his
“your job or something you are supposed responsibility. It is his job, or responsibility,
to do.” It is your responsibility to do your to throw out the plastic jugs. It is everyone’s
homework. It is my responsibility to teach. responsibility to recycle plastic containers.
2. En español, responsibility quiere decir 5. Tell your partner about one responsibility you
“un deber o algo que se tiene que hacer, have at home. Is it your responsibility to clean
responsabilidad.” Es su responsabilidad hacer your room, take out the garbage, or help set
sus tareas. Es mi responsabilidad enseñarles. the table?
3. Responsibility in English and responsibilidad 6. Talk with your partner about the different
in Spanish are cognates. They sound almost kinds of responsibilities you have in school.
the same and mean the same thing in both Choose one and take turns to complete the
languages. sentence: In school it is our responsibility to
.
7. Now let’s say responsibility together three
more times: responsibility, responsibility,
responsibility.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 cuddly

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Think about a cuddly toy you have or once
1. Another word in the selection is cuddly. Say had. Describe it to your partner.
it with me: cuddly. Cuddly means “soft and 5. Take turns naming things that are cuddly.
huggable, nice to hold because it is soft and See how many you can name. Start with the
warm.” Stuffed animals are cuddly. Kittens are sentence: Teddy bears are cuddly. Add on
cuddly, but you have to be careful not to hug each item to the sentence: Teddy bears and
them too tightly. are cuddly. (Examples include puppies,
2. En español, cuddly quiere decir “que es suave kittens, stuffed bunnies, pillows, and soft
y que dan ganas de abrazar.” Los muñecos de blankets.)
peluche son suaves y cálidos. Te dan ganas 6. Now let’s say cuddly together three more
de abrazarlos. Los gatitos también son suaves times: cuddly, cuddly, cuddly.
pero tienes que tener cuidado, pues no los
puedes abrazar con mucha fuerza.
the word cuddly. (Point to the teddy bears in
the photo.) See the teddy bear the little girl
is holding. The teddy bear is cuddly. It is soft
and the girl likes to hug it.
402
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © PhotoLink/Getty Images. (b) © CLEO Photo/Alamy Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 1 Week 4 Traditions We Share
tradition, Thanksgiving,
feast, cultures
tradition Thanksgiving
feast cultures
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognates: tradición, fiesta, culturas.
403
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Comstock Images/Jupiterimages. (tr) © The Granger Collection, New York.
(bl) © Kevin Sanchez/Cole Group/Getty Images. (br) © Erica Simone Leeds/McGraw-Hill Companies.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 cooperate
Unit 1 Week 5 We Play Sports
Word 2 athlete
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 cooperate
Unit 1 Week 5 We Play Sports

1. One word in the selection is cooperate. Say it word cooperate. (Point to the children in the
with me: cooperate. To cooperate means “to photo.) These children are making a human
work together well.” When you play a game, pyramid. They all need to do things together.
you need to cooperate. You need to take turns They need to cooperate so that they don’t fall
and play by the rules. down.
2. En español, to cooperate quiere “trabajar con 5. Let’s look back at the picture. Tell your
otras personas, ayudarse, cooperar.” Cuando partner how these children are cooperating.
juegas con otros, tienen que cooperar. Todos What is something they all must do together?
los que juegan tienen que esperar su turno y (Examples include: stay still, kneel, balance)
seguir las reglas del juego. 6. Talk about why it is important to cooperate
3. To cooperate in English and cooperar in in our class. Tell how we all cooperate. What
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost would happen if we did not cooperate?
the same and mean the same thing in both (If we didn’t cooperate, we would not learn,
languages. or people could get hurt.)
7. Now let’s say cooperate together three more
times: cooperate, cooperate, cooperate.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 athlete

1. Another word in the selection is athlete. Say it word athlete. (Point to the racers in the
with me: athlete. An athlete is a person who photo.) See the racers in this picture. They are
plays sports. To be a good athlete you need both athletes. They both are ready to start the
to stay in shape. There are many different running race.
kinds of athletes, such as baseball players, 5. Take turns naming different kinds of
swimmers, and basketball players. athletes. How many can you and your partner
2. En español, athlete quiere decir “una persona name?
que juega un deporte, atleta.” Hay muchos 6. Think about being an athlete. What would
tipos de atletas distintos, como los jugadores you need to do to be a good athlete? Talk
de béisbol, los nadadores y los jugadores de to your partner about it. (Examples include:
baloncesto. exercise, train, eat right, practice)
3. Athlete in English and atleta in Spanish are 7. Now let’s say athlete together three more
cognates. They sound almost the same and times: athlete, athlete, athlete.
406
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Polka Dot Images/PunchStock. (b) © PhotoLink/Getty Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 1 Week 5 Independence Day
independence, freedom,
declaration, government
independence freedom
declaration government
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognates: independencia, declaración, gobierno.
407
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Comstock/PunchStock. (tr) © Rob Melnychuk/Getty Images.
(bl) © Stockbyte/Getty Images. (br) © Hisham Ibrahim/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 patient
Unit 2 Week 1 Two Little Bears
Word 2 active
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 patient
Unit 2 Week 1 Two Little Bears

1. One word in the selection is patient. Say it the word patient. (Point to the grandparents
with me: patient. Patient means “able to wait in the photo.) These grandparents are letting
without getting annoyed, being calm.” When their children take their time to do their
you are patient, you allow others to take their work. The grandparents are patient with the
time without becoming angry or rushed. children.
2. En español, patient quiere decir “que puede 5. Tell your partner about a time you had to be
esperar sin fastidiarse o perder la calma, patient. Use the sentence starter: I had to be
paciente.” Cuando eres paciente permites patient when .
que otros se tomen su tiempo sin enojarte ni 6. Tell your partner how you can tell if someone
apresurarte. is patient. How do they act? What do they do?
3. Patient in English and paciente in Spanish are (Examples include: They are quiet; They are
cognates. They sound almost the same and calm; They do not get angry.)
mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say patient together three more
times: patient, patient, patient.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 active

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner about a place where you like
1. Another word in the selection is active. Say it to be active. What do you like to do there?
with me: active. Active means “lively, on the (Examples include the gym, the playground,
go.” You guys are usually very active when we and the park.)
go out for recess. 5. Talk about what someone might be doing
2. En español, active quiere decir “animado, if they are active. Then talk about what
haciendo algo, activo.” Ustedes normalmente someone might be doing if they are not
son muy activos cuando salen al recreo. active. (Examples include: active—moving,
running, jumping; not active—sitting still,
resting, not moving)
the word active. (Point to the children in the
photo.) See the children in this picture. They 6. Now let’s say active together three more
are all playing games. They are all active. times: active, active, active.
410
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Dynamic Graphics/Creatas Images/PictureQuest/Jupiterimages. (b) © Lars Niki/McGraw-Hill Companies.
ELD Content Words
Unit 2 Week 1 Going to School
classroom, tools,
abacus, computer
classroom tools
abacus computer
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognates: clase, ábaco, computador.
411
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Dynamic Graphics/Jupiterimages. (tr) © Studiohio/McGraw-Hill Companies.
(bl) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (br) © Stockbyte/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 delicious
Unit 2 Week 2 The Farm
Word 2 healthy
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 delicious
Unit 2 Week 2 The Farm

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Tell your partner some foods you think are
1. One word in the selection is delicious. Say it delicious. Use the sentence: I think is
with me: delicious. Delicious means “tasty or delicious.
yummy.” Something that tastes really good 6. Think about a delicious meal you had. Tell
is delicious. The pizza I ate last night was your partner what made the meal delicious to
delicious. The juicy orange I had for dessert you.
was delicious, too! 7. Now let’s say delicious together three more
2. En español, delicious quiere decir “que sabe a times: delicious, delicious, delicious.
rico, delicioso.” La pizza que me comí anoche
estaba deliciosa. La naranja jugosa que me
comí de postre también estaba deliciosa.
3. Delicious in English and delicioso in Spanish
the word delicious. (Point to the breakfast
foods in the photo.) Look at the little
blueberry pancakes. They look fresh, tasty,
and moist. They probably taste delicious.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 healthy

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Take turns naming as many healthy foods as
1. Another word in the selection is healthy. Say you can. Use the picture to help.
it with me: healthy. Healthy means “good for 5. Tell your partner about a food that you think
your body.” Fruits and vegetables are healthy is both delicious and healthy.
foods. 6. Now let’s say healthy together three more
2. En español, healthy quiere decir “bueno para times: healthy, healthy, healthy.
el cuerpo, saludable.” Las frutas y las verduras
son alimentos saludables.
the word healthy. (Point to each type of food
in the photo as you name it.) See the lemons.
Lemons are healthy. See the limes. Limes are
healthy. These are oranges and these are
tomatoes. They are all healthy foods. Eating
lots of fruits like these will help keep your
body healthy and strong.
414
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Matthew Klein/Corbis. (b) © VisionsofAmerica/Joe Sohm/Getty Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 2 Week 2 Living in Alaska
sun, dark, cold, ice
sun dark
cold ice
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognate: sol.
415
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © DAJ/Getty Images. (tr) © Radius Images/Alamy Images.
(bl) © DynamicGraphics/age fotostock. (br) © Corbis/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 helpful
Unit 2 Week 3 Use a Map
Word 2 adventure
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 helpful
Unit 2 Week 3 Use a Map

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner about a time someone was
1. One word in the selection is helpful. Say it helpful to you. How were they helpful? What
with me: helpful. Helpful means “supportive, did they do?
ready to give aid to someone.” The boy was 5. Suppose you saw someone in a store fall
helpful by carrying the woman’s groceries for down. How could you be helpful? Tell your
her. partner what you would do to be helpful.
2. En español, helpful quiere decir “que apoya o 6. Now let’s say helpful together three more
que ayuda a otros, amable.“ El niño amable le times: helpful, helpful, helpful.
ayudó a la señora a llevar sus bolsas al carro.
the word helpful. (Point to the officer holding
the map in the photo.) This officer is being
helpful by showing the people directions on
the map. A map is helpful to use when you
are lost.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 adventure

1. Another word in the selection is adventure. the word adventure. (Point to the man in the
Say it with me: adventure. Adventure means kayak.) See this man. He is riding through
“an exciting event or activity.” Riding on a the white waters of a raging river. It looks
roller coaster is an adventure. It can be a scary exciting. It is an adventure.
adventure for some people. It can be a fun 5. Take turns telling your partner about an
adventure for others. adventure you saw on television or in the
2. En español, adventure quiere decir ”un evento movies. Describe the adventures to each other.
o actividad emocionante, una aventura.” 6. Have you ever been on an adventure? Would
Montar en una montaña rusa es una aventura. you like to go on an adventure? Tell your
Puede asustar a algunas personas, pero otras partner why or why not.
disfrutan de la aventura. 7. Now let’s say adventure together three more
3. Adventure in English and aventura in Spanish times: adventure, adventure, adventure.
418
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Creatas Images/Jupiterimages. (b) © Javier Pierini/Getty Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 2 Week 3 Find an Address
neighborhood, address, absolute
location, relative location
neighborhood address
absolute location relative location
ROUTINE
419
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Carl Johan Ronn/Getty Images. (tr) © PhotoLink/Getty Images.
(bl) © Andersen Ross/Getty Images. (br) © VisionsofAmerica/Joe Sohm/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 tasty
Unit 2 Week 4 The Three Bears
Word 2 comfortable
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 tasty
Unit 2 Week 4 The Three Bears

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s pretend we are eating a tasty piece of
1. One word in the selection is tasty. Say it with watermelon. Let’s act out how we would eat
me: tasty. Tasty means “delicious or yummy.” it. (Demonstrate taking big bites and licking
After eating supper some people like to have your lips)
dessert. What tasty dessert do you like? 5. Now let’s act out what we would do after
2. En español, tasty quiere decir ”delicioso, que we ate a tasty piece of watermelon. (Act out
sabe a rico, sabroso.” Después de la cena, a rubbing tummy and saying “mmmmmm.”)
algunas personas les gusta comer un postre. 6. Now let’s say tasty together three more times:
¿Qué postre sabroso te gusta a ti? tasty, tasty, tasty.
the word tasty. (Point to the girl in the photo.)
This girl is eating something tasty. You can tell
that it is tasty because she has taken quite a
few bites. What tasty food is this girl eating?
(an apple)
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 comfortable

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Tell your partner where you feel most
1. Another word in the selection is comfortable. comfortable when doing your homework.
Say it with me: comfortable. Comfortable Why are you comfortable in that place?
means “feeling at ease, feeling relaxed.” My 6. Tell your partner about a comfortable piece
big soft chair is very comfortable. of clothing you like to wear. What makes the
2. En español, comfortable quiere decir “que clothing so comfortable?
se siente agradable y relajante, cómodo, 7. Now let’s say comfortable together three more
confortable.“ Mi sillón grande y suave es muy times: comfortable, comfortable, comfortable.
confortable.
3. Comfortable in English and confortable in
languages.
the word comfortable. (Point to the girls in the
bed.) See these girls. They are both relaxing in
bed and reading. They are comfortable in the
soft, warm bed.
422
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (b) © Brand X Pictures/Jupiterimages.
ELD Content Words
Unit 2 Week 4 America
pilgrim, mountainside,
liberty, pride
pilgrim mountainside
liberty pride
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognates: peregrino, libertad.
423
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © The Granger Collection, New York. (tr) © Image Ideas/Jupiterimages.
(bl) © Polka Dot Images/PunchStock. (br) © Photodisc/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 disappointed
Unit 2 Week 5 Trish Gets a Pet
Word 2 thrilled
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 disappointed
Unit 2 Week 5 Trish Gets a Pet

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner about a time you were
1. One word in the selection is disappointed. disappointed in school. What did you hope
Say it with me: disappointed. You feel would happen? Why were you disappointed?
disappointed when you are sad because 5. What helps you feel better when you are
something you hoped for or expected did not disappointed? Pretend your partner is
happen. Ellen was disappointed when she disappointed about something. Try to help
found out she could not go to the party. him or her feel better. (Examples include: I’m
2. En español, disappointed se dice sorry; It will be okay; You’ll do better next
“decepcionado.” Uno se siente decepcionado time.)
cuando lo que uno esperaba que ocurriera no 6. Now let’s say disappointed together three
ocurre. Helena se sintió decepcionada cuando more times: disappointed, disappointed,
se enteró que no podría ir a la fiesta. disappointed.
the word disappointed. (Point to the soccer
player in the photo.) Look at the soccer
player’s face. You can tell he is disappointed.
Something he hoped would happen did not
happen. Why do you think he is disappointed?
(His team lost the game.)
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 thrilled

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner about a time you were
1. Another word in the selection is thrilled. Say it thrilled in school. What did you hope would
with me: thrilled. Thrilled means “feeling very happen? Why were you thrilled when it did
excited or happy about something.” Thrilled happen?
is the opposite of disappointed. Ellen was 5. What can you say to someone who is thrilled?
thrilled when the time for the party changed. Pretend something wonderful has happened
She got to go after all! to your partner. What will you say? (Examples
2. En español, thrilled quiere decir “que se include: I’m happy for you; Congratulations;
siente emocionado o muy contento por algo, I’m thrilled, too!)
ilusionado.“ Estar ilusionado es el sentimiento 6. Now let’s say thrilled together three more
opuesto a estar decepcionado. Helena se times: thrilled, thrilled, thrilled.
ilusionó cuando se enteró que cambiaron la
hora de la fiesta. ¡Al fin sí pudo ir!
the word thrilled. (Point to the children in the
photo.) See how happy they look. They are
having fun on the beach. They are thrilled to
be together.
426
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (b) © Stockbyte/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 2 Week 5 What Does the Sun Do?
condensation, water vapor,
water cycle, clouds
condensation water vapor
water cycle clouds
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognate: condensación.
427
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © David Young-Wolff/PhotoEdit. (tr) © Eiichi Onodera/Getty Images.
(bl) © DK Limited/Corbis. (br) © Ryan McVay/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 upset
Unit 3 Week 1 We Are Late!
Word 2 unexpected
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 upset
Unit 3 Week 1 We Are Late!

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner about one thing that makes
1. One word in the selection is upset. Say it with you fell upset. Use the sentence: I am upset
me: upset. Upset means “unhappy because when . (Examples include: I
of something that has happened.” When lose a game; I fail a test; I am sick.)
you are upset you might be sad, angry, or 5. Take turns telling your partner words that
disappointed. Jared was upset when he did mean almost the same as upset. Then tell
not make the basketball team. each other words that mean the opposite.
2. En español, upset quiere decir “que no está (Examples include: same—sad, unhappy,
contento por lo que ha pasado, disgustado.“ disappointed; opposite—happy, thrilled,
Cuando estás disgustado, te puedes sentir excited)
triste, enojado o decepcionado. Jairo se sintió 6. Now let’s say upset together three more times:
disgustado cuando se enteró que no había upset, upset, upset.
sido escogido para el equipo de baloncesto.
the word upset. (Point to the sad girl in the
photo.) This girl looks upset. She is not happy.
Why do you think she is upset? (The other girls
are whispering and are not including her.)
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 unexpected

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner about something unexpected
1. Another word in the selection is unexpected. that happened that made you happy.
Say it with me: unexpected. Unexpected 5. Tell your partner about something unexpected
means “not predicted, coming as a surprise.” that happened that made you upset.
The size of the crowd at the game was 6. Now let’s say unexpected together three more
unexpected. Only a few people were expected times: unexpected, unexpected, unexpected.
to show up, but hundreds came to watch.
2. En español, unexpected quiere decir
“sorprendente porque no era esperado, no
había sido predicho, inesperado.“ Llegó una
cantidad inesperada de espectadores a ver el
partido. Llegaron cientos de personas, pero
pensamos que sólo iban a venir unas cuantas.
the word unexpected. (Point to the people
and the car in the photo.) See the people and
car. Notice the hood of the car is up. This
family did not think the car would break down
but it did. The car trouble was unexpected.
430
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (b) © BananaStock/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 3 Week 1 All About Rules and Laws
rules, respect,
community, law
rules respect
community law
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognates: reglas, respeto, comunidad.
431
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Digital Vision/Getty Images. (tr) © Ryan McVay/Getty Images.
(bl) © PhotoLink/Getty Images. (br) © Arthur S. Aubry/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 imitate
Unit 3 Week 2 Playing With Mike
Word 2 annoy
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 imitate
Unit 3 Week 2 Playing With Mike!

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s see how well you can imitate what I do.
1. One word in the selection is imitate. Say it (Demonstrate some different positions and
with me: imitate. Imitate means “to copy or have children imitate them.)
act like someone else.” I try to imitate my 6. Now take turns imitating your partner.
favorite singer when I sing a song. 7. Now let’s say imitate together three more
2. En español, to imitate quiere decir “copiar o times: imitate, imitate, imitate.
actuar como otra persona, imitar.“ Trato de
imitar a mi cantante preferido cuando canto
una canción.
3. To imitate in English and imitar in Spanish are
the word imitate. (Point to the two children
in the photo.) Notice how the boy and girl
have the same positions. They are imitating
each other. The boy imitates the girl and then
the girl imitates the boy.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 annoy

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Ask your partner the following question:
1. Another word in the selection is annoy. Say “What is one thing that annoys you?” Use
it with me: annoy. Annoy means “to bother this sentence starter to answer: It annoys
or do something to make someone upset or me when . Switch roles
angry.” It annoys me when someone cuts in and repeat.
front of me in line. 5. Take turns telling each other as many words
2. En español, to annoy quiere decir “molestar as you can that mean the same as annoy.
o hacerle algo a otra persona hasta que (Examples include: bother, tease, make angry,
se disguste, fastidiar.“ Me fastidia cuando upset, aggravate)
alguien se cuela en una fila enfrente mío. 6. Now let’s say annoy together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: annoy, annoy, annoy.
the word annoy. (Point to girl touching the
other girl’s hair in the photo.) See how this
girl is touching her classmate’s hair? She is
annoying the girl by touching her hair. Does it
annoy you when someone touches your hair?
434
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Lars Niki/McGraw-Hill Companies. (b) © BananaStock/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 3 Week 2 Our Country, Our Earth
state, country,
ocean, globe
state country
ocean globe
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognates: estado, océano.
435
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Photodisc/Getty Images. (tr) © Mike Agliolo/Corbis.
(bl) © DAJ/Getty Images. (br) © Cartesia/Photodisc/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 popular
Unit 3 Week 3 I Can Draw!
Word 2 unusual
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 popular
Unit 3 Week 3 I Can Draw!

1. One word in the selection is popular. Say it the word popular. (Point to the mailbox in
with me: popular. Popular means “liked by the photo.) Look how full this mailbox is. The
many.” We wanted to get tickets to see a person who owns this mailbox must be very
popular band play on Friday night. The band is popular to receive so much mail!
so popular that all the tickets were sold out. 5. Tell your partner the name of a popular star
2. En español, popular quiere decir “que from television, the movies, or music. Why do
a muchas personas le gusta, popular.“ you think this star is popular?
Queríamos conseguir boletos para un 6. What makes someone popular in school? Use
concierto de una banda muy popular, pero this sentence starter to tell your partner: To be
es tan popular que los boletos se habían popular you should . (Examples
agotado. include: be nice to others, help other children,
3. Popular in English and popular in Spanish are do well in school, play sports)
cognates. They sound almost the same and 7. Now let’s say popular together three more
mean the same thing in both languages. times: popular, popular, popular.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 unusual

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner about the most unusual
1. Another word in the selection is unusual. Say animal you ever saw. Describe the animal to
it with me: unusual. Unusual means “different, your partner.
not ordinary, strange, or not common.” It is 5. Do you think it is unusual for a child to use a
unusual for a dog to be good friends with a computer? Tell your partner what you think
cat. and why.
2. En español, unusual quiere decir “diferente, 6. Now let’s say unusual together three more
no ordinario, extraño, poco común; inusual.“ times: unusual, unusual, unusual.
Es inusual ver a un perro llevárselas bien con
un gato.
the word unusual. (Point to grasshopper in
the photo.) Look at this insect. You do not see
many insects that look like this grasshopper. It
looks like a leaf. It is very unusual.
438
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © C Squared Studios/Getty Images. (b) © Polka Dot Images/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 3 Week 3 Now and Long Ago
past, history,
pioneer, frontier
past history
pioneer frontier
ROUTINE
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph. Incorporate
actions where appropriate.
5. Point out the following cognates: pasado, historia, pionero, frontera.
439
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © John Collier, Jr./Corbis. (tr) © Library of Congress/McGraw-Hill Companies.
(bl) © American pioneer family, c.1870 (b/w photo), American Photographer, (19th century)/Private Collection, Peter Newark American Pictures/The Bridgeman Art Library International. (br) © C. Borland/PhotoLink/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 imagination
Unit 3 Week 4 Dan and the Painting
Word 2 pretend
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 imagination
Unit 3 Week 4 Dan and the Painting

1. One word in the selection is imagination. Say the word imagination. (Point to the paper
it with me: imagination. Imagination means cutouts in the photo.) Look at these paper
“the ability to think of ideas or images that people. These girls are using their imaginations
you’ve never seen or are not real.” I don’t to create and play with paper dolls. Since
always like to paint the things that I see. I like the dolls are not real, the girls use their
to use my imagination when I paint pictures. imaginations to give them names and think
about how they would act if they were real.
2. En español, imagination quiere decir “la
abilidad de pensar en ideas o imágenes 5. Close your eyes. Use your imagination to
que no has visto antes o que no son reales, think about what an alien from outer space
imaginación.” No siempre quiero pintar las might look like. Tell your partner what you
cosas que tengo enfrente o que he visto antes. imagined.
Me gusta usar mi imaginación cuando pinto. 6. Suppose you could invent anything you
3. Imagination in English and imaginación in wanted. Use your imagination to think about
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost what kind of invention you would make. Tell
the same and mean the same thing in both your partner what you imagine.
languages. 7. Now let’s say imagination together three more
times: imagination, imagination, imagination.

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s pretend we can fly. Let’s fly around the
1. Another word in the selection is pretend. Say room.
it with me: pretend. Pretend means “to make 5. Now let’s pretend we are playing a musical
believe.” Some children like to pretend to be instrument. Pretend to play your favorite
grownups when they play. musical instrument, such as a piano, a guitar,
2. En español, pretend quiere decir “jugar or the drums. We can pretend we’re in a band!
usando tu imaginación.“ A algunos niños 6. Now let’s say pretend together three more
les gusta imaginar que son adultos cuando times: pretend, pretend, pretend.
juegan.
the word pretend. (Point to each child in the
photo as you ask about him or her.) Look at
these children. They are dressed in costumes.
What is this child pretending to be? (a cow, a
cat, a robot, a witch)
442
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Digital Vision/PunchStock. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 3 Week 4 Goldilocks Learns
Golden Rule, house rule,
the Golden Rule
sharing, chore
Golden Rule house rule
sharing chore
ROUTINE
443
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Comstock Images/Jupiterimages. (tr) © Jupiter Images/Brand X/Alamy Images.
(bl) © Purestock/PunchStock. (br) © Digital Vision/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 compete
Unit 3 Week 5 Kids Like Sports!
Word 2 flexible
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 compete
Unit 3 Week 5 Kids Like Sports!

1. One word in the selection is compete. Say it the word compete. (Point to the football
with me: compete. Compete means “to try players in the photo.) The football players
to win a contest.” My basketball team has a compete against each other. Each team wants
game on Saturday. We will compete against to win the game, so they must compete.
another team and see who wins. 5. Talk about a time you watched two sports
2. En español, to compete quiere decir “tratar teams compete. Which team did you want to
de ganar un concurso, competir.” Mi equipo win? Did your team win?
de baloncesto tendrá un partido el domingo. 6. Tell about another event where people
Competiremos con otro equipo y veremos compete that is not a sport. Think about other
quién ganará el partido. kinds of contests where people compete.
3. To compete in English and competir in Spanish What do they compete to do? (Examples
are cognates. They sound almost the same include: spelling bee, writing contest, art
and mean the same thing in both languages. contest, talent show)
7. Now let’s say compete together three more
times: compete, compete, compete.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 flexible

1. Another word in the selection is flexible. Say the word flexible. (Point to the girl in the
it with me: flexible. Flexible means “able to photo.) Look how flexible this girl’s legs are.
bend without breaking.” Usually things made She can bend her leg all the way up past her
of rubber, like rubber bands, are flexible. You head.
can twist them many times without them 5. Take turns naming something that is flexible,
breaking. and then naming something that is not
2. En español, flexible quiere decir “capaz de ser flexible. (flexible: straw, rubber hose, rubber
doblado sin partirse, flexible.” Normalmente eraser; not flexible: metal pole, pencil, crayon)
las cosas hechas de caucho, como las gomas, 6. Tell your partner if you think your fingers are
son flexibles. Les puedes dar muchas vueltas flexible. Tell why or why not.
sin que se rompan. 7. Now let’s say flexible together three more
3. Flexible in English and flexible in Spanish are times: flexible, flexible, flexible.
446
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © VisionsofAmerica/Joe Sohm/Getty Images. (b) © Photodisc/Getty Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 3 Week 5 Martin Luther King, Jr. Day,
celebrate, holiday,
Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day,
Independence Day, Thanksgiving parade, fireworks
celebrate holiday
parade fireworks
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognate: celebrar.
447
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Blend Images/Alamy Images. (tr) © Ryan McVay/Getty Images.
(bl) © Blend Images/Alamy Images. (br) © Comstock/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 bake
Unit 4 Week 1 Pig and Mule
Word 2 snack
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 bake
Unit 4 Week 1 Pig and Mule

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s look at the picture again. This family is
1. One word in the selection is bake. Say it with baking cookies. Let’s act out baking bread.
me: bake. Bake means “to cook something in We can mix the dough. Now let’s make a loaf
the oven.” The baker will bake the bread and of bread and put it on a pan. Now let’s put
sell it in the bakery. the pan in the oven to bake the bread.
2. En español, to bake quiere decir “cocinar algo 5. Now let’s pretend that our bread is baked.
en el horno, hornear.” El panadero horneará el Let’s act out getting a glove and taking the
pan y lo venderá en su panadería. baked bread out of the oven. Be careful. It’s
hot! We can slice our bread and eat it.
the word bake. (Point to the cookies on the 6. Now let’s say bake together three more times:
tray in the photo.) See these cookies. They bake, bake, bake.
were baked in the oven. They have to be
careful because the oven is hot. They are
wearing gloves to protect their hands.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 snack

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner what your favorite snack for
1. Another word in the selection is snack. Say it school is. Why do you like that fruit to eat as a
with me: snack. Snack means “a small amount snack?
of food you usually eat in between meals.” 5. Look at the picture again. Which snack in the
In school we have a snack a couple of hours picture do you like most? Tell your partner by
before lunch. using the sentence: The snack I like most is
2. En español, snack quiere decir “una cantidad .
pequeña de comida que se come entre 6. Now let’s say snack together three more
comidas, un tentempié.” En la escuela times: snack, snack, snack.
comemos un tentempié un par de horas antes
del almuerzo.
the word snack. (Point to the different foods
in the photo as you talk about each.) These
are all healthy snacks you can eat in between
meals. This snack is yogurt. (Point to and
name the other snacks.)
450
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Reed Kaestner/Corbis. (b) © Ken Karp/McGraw-Hill Companies.
ELD Content Words
Unit 4 Week 1 Votes Count!
vote, choice, counted, fair
vote choice
counted fair
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognates: votar, contó.
451
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Comstock/Corbis. (tr) © BananaStock/PunchStock.
(bl) © Ed-Imaging/McGraw-Hill Companies. (br) © Tom Carter/PhotoEdit.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 greets
Unit 4 Week 2 The Pictures
Word 2 old-fashioned
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 greets
Unit 4 Week 2 The Pictures

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s act out that we are meeting a new
1. One word in the selection is greets. Say it with classmate. Let’s greet our new classmate by
me: greets. Greets means “welcomes or says shaking hands and smiling. Partners can take
hello to someone in a polite way.” The store turns being the new classmate and greeting
owner greets his customers with a smile and a the new classmate.
handshake. 5. Now let’s act out that we are greeting a
2. En español, to greet quiere decir “bienvenir o family member we have not seen in a long
decirle hola a alguien de una manera educada, time. We can act out hugging our family
saludar.” El dueño de la tienda saluda a sus member and smiling to greet him or her.
clientes con una sonrisa y un apretón de 6. Now let’s say greets together three more
manos. times: greets, greets, greets.
the word greets. (Point to the handshaking
gesture in the photo.) See the teacher and
girl. They are shaking hands. The teacher
greets the girl and the girl greets him. What
do you think they are saying to each other?
(Examples include “Hello,” “How are you?” or
“Welcome.”)
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 old-fashioned

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Today we use electric lamps to light our
1. Another word in the selection is old-fashioned. houses. Before electricity we used the old-
Say it with me: old-fashioned. Old-fashioned fashioned way to light our houses. We used
means “out of date or from the past.” The candles. Talk with your partner about which
play was about life a long time ago, so the way of lighting your house you think is better:
actors wore old-fashioned clothes. lamps or the old-fashioned way. Tell why you
think so.
2. En español, old-fashioned quiere decir
“pasado de moda, del pasado, anticuado.” 5. Tell your partner some words that mean
La obra de teatro era sobre la vida hace almost the same as old-fashioned. Then
muchos años, entonces los actores vistieron name some words that mean the opposite.
trajes anticuados. (Examples include: same—old, past, out-of
date, long ago; opposite—new, modern, now,
up-to-date.)
the word old-fashioned. (Point to the
typewriter the photo.) It shows an old 6. Now let’s say old-fashioned together three
typewriter. This is an old-fashioned tool more times: old-fashioned, old-fashioned,
people used to write letters. What do we use old-fashioned.
today instead of a typewriter? (computer)
454
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Ken Cavanagh/McGraw-Hill Companies. (b) © Bettmann/Corbis.
ELD Content Words
Unit 4 Week 2 Voting in a Community
leader, mayor,
governor, president
leader mayor
governor president
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognates: lider, gobernador, presidente.
455
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Pixland/PunchStock. (tr) © Jill Braaten/McGraw-Hill Companies.
(bl) © Jill Braaten/McGraw-Hill Companies. (br) © Comstock/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 place
Unit 4 Week 3 Teams
Word 2 sells
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 place
Unit 4 Week 3 Teams

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner about one place you like to
1. One word in the selection is place. Say it with go to play with friends. Where is this place?
me: place. Place means “a certain location What is it like? Why do you like it? (Examples
or spot where things happen or people go include: playground, friend’s home, your
to.” Our classroom is the place where we room, the park, the soccer field)
learn. The gym is the place where we play 5. Talk about the different places you have been
basketball. to see a game or sport. What game or sport
2. En español, place quiere decir “un sitio o did you see? What was the place like?
punto donde cosas ocurren o donde van 6. Now let’s say place together three more times:
personas, lugar.” Nuestro salón es el lugar place, place, place.
donde aprendemos. El gimnasio es el lugar
donde jugamos baloncesto.
the word place. (Point to stadium in the
photo.) See this big stadium. It is a football
stadium. This is the place where people go to
play and watch football games. Have you ever
been to a place like this?
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 sells

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Look back at the picture. This only shows part
1. Another word in the selection is sells. Say it of the sporting goods store. Talk with your
with me: sells. Sells means “put out for people partner about other things a sporting goods
to buy.” The supermarket sells food. The toy store sells. (Examples include: baseballs, tennis
store sells toys. rackets, helmets)
2. En español, to sell quiere decir “sacar o 5. Tell your partner about your favorite store.
mostrar para que la gente compre, vender.” Tell each other what it sells.
El supermercado vende comida. La juguetería 6. Now let’s say sells together three more times:
vende juguetes. sells, sells, sells.
the word sells. (Point to the skis in the photo.)
It shows the inside of a sporting goods store.
This store sells skis.
458
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Visions of America/Joe Sohm/Digital Vision/Alamy Images. (b) © Digital Vision/Thomas Northcut/Getty Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 4 Week 3 My Matter Book
matter, solid, liquid, gas
matter solid
liquid gas
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognates: materia, sólido, líquido, gas.
459
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Cultura/PunchStock. (tr) © Jamie Grill/Corbis.
(bl) © Comstock Images/Jupiterimages. (br) © Tim Keatley/Alamy Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 kinds
Unit 4 Week 4 A Frog Grows and Changes
Word 2 tiny
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 kinds
Unit 4 Week 4 A Frog Grows and Changes

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. There are many different kinds of food. For
1. One word in the selection is kinds. Say it example, one kind of food is fruit. Another
with me: kinds. Kinds means “types, groups, kind is meat. Talk with your partner about the
categories, or examples.” There are many different kinds of food you have eaten.
different kinds of dogs. Some kinds of dogs 5. See how many different kinds of animals
are big. Some kinds of dogs are small. you and your partner can name. Take turns
2. En español, kinds quiere decir “tipos, grupos, naming the different kinds.
categorías o ejemplos.” Hay muchos tipos 6. Now let’s say kinds together three more times:
diferentes de perros. Algunos tipos de perros kinds, kinds, kinds.
son grandes. Otros tipos de perros son
pequeños.
the word kinds. (Point to frogs in the photo.)
There are many different kinds of frogs. This
picture shows one kind of frog.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 tiny

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Look around the room. Name an object. Then
1. Another word in the selection is tiny. Say it your partner will name an object that is tiny
with me: tiny. Tiny means “very small, little.” compared to the one you named. Switch roles
The bug was so tiny I could hardly see it! and repeat.
2. En español, tiny quiere decir decir “muy 5. Take turns naming tiny animals. How many
pequeño, diminuto.” ¡El insecto era tan can you and your partner name? (Examples
diminuto que casi no lo podía ver! include: fly, mouse, frog, butterfly, hamster)
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say tiny together three more times:
the word tiny. (Point to the frog the photo.) It tiny, tiny, tiny.
shows a tiny frog. You can tell the frog is tiny
because it fits inside a flower.
462
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Creatas Images/PunchStock. (b) © Photodisc/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 4 Week 4 Wells Fargo History Museum
museum, stagecoach,
travel, mail
museum stagecoach
travel mail
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognate: museo.
463
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (tr) © Bettmann/Corbis.
(bl) © Dynamic Graphics/Jupiterimages. (br) © Lawrence Manning/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 nibbled
Unit 4 Week 5 Lenny and Molly
Word 2 roar
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 nibbled
Unit 4 Week 5 Lenny and Molly

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s think that we have a plate of grapes.
1. One word in the selection is nibbled. Say it Let’s act out how we nibble the grapes.
with me: nibbled. Nibbled means “ate in fast 5. Now let’s think that we have a big piece of
little bites.” The mouse nibbled at the cheese. watermelon. Let’s nibble at the watermelon.
2. En español, to nibble quiere decir “comer con Remember when we nibble we take small,
mordizcos pequeños y rápidos, mordisquear.” quick bites.
El ratón mordisqueó el queso. 6. Now let’s say nibbled together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: nibbled, nibbled, nibbled.
the word nibbled. (Point to plate of food in
the photo.) It shows tiny bits of food. The
baby nibbled the food one little bit at a time.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 roar

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Look back at the picture. Talk to your partner
1. Another word in the selection is roar. Say it about why the tiger might roar. (Examples
with me: roar. Roar means “a loud growl.” include: the lion sees another animal, the lion
The lions in the zoo sometimes let out roars is protecting itself)
when people walk by. 5. Take turns naming animals that roar. Use
2. En español, roar quiere decir decir “el sonido the sentence: A can roar. (Examples
que produce un león, rujido.” Los leones en el include: lion, tiger, leopard, jaguar)
zoológico a veces sueltan rujidos cuando las 6. Now let’s say roar together three more times:
personas pasan por sus jaulas. roar, roar, roar.
the word roar. (Point to the tiger the photo.)
It shows a how a tiger looks when it lets out
a roar. Let’s all let out a roar like the tiger’s.
(Have children roar.)
466
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/Jupiterimages. (b) © Creatas Images/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 4 Week 5 Do All Plants Need the Same Things to Grow?
stem, leaves,
seeds, roots
stem leaves
seeds roots
ROUTINE
467
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Ingram Publishing/Alamy Images. (tr) © Image Source Black/Jupiterimages.
(bl) © Ingram Publishing/PunchStock. (br) © Ken Cavanagh/McGraw-Hill Companies.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 gases
Unit 5 Week 1 The Sun
Word 2 sunblock
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 gases
Unit 5 Week 1 The Sun

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Steam from water is a gas. Talk to your
1. One word in the selection is gases. Say it with partner about how you can get steam from a
me: gases. Gases means “things that are not pot of water. (Heat the water until the steam
a solid or a liquid; substances like air.” Have forms.)
you ever seen water boil? The smoky air that 6. Do you think fire is a gas? Tell your partner if
comes out is a gas. you do. Tell why or why not. (Example: Yes,
2. En español, gases quiere “cosas que no son because it is not solid or liquid. It is like hot
ni sólidas ni líquidas, sustancias como el aire, air.)
gases.” ¿Haz visto el agua hervir? El humo que 7. Now let’s say gases together three more times:
le sale es un gas. gases, gases, gases.
3. Gases in English and gases in Spanish are
the word gases (Point to the gases coming
from the sun in the photo.) The sun is very
hot. This picture shows what the gases that
come from the sun look like.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 sunblock

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner if you think the term
1. Another word in the selection is sunblock. Say sunblock is a good term to describe the bottle
it with me: sunblock. Sunblock is a cream that the woman is holding in the picture. Tell why
stops the rays of the sun from burning your or why not.
skin. You should always protect your skin with 5. Talk about why it is important to use
sunblock when you are out in the sun. sunblock. Tell when and where you should
2. En español, sunblock quiere decir “crema que use it.
previene que los rayos del sol quemen la piel, 6. Now let’s say sunblock together three more
bloqueador solar.” Siempre deberían proteger times: sunblock, sunblock, sunblock.
su piel con bloqueador cuando están afuera.
the word sunblock. (Point to the bottle in the
photo.) See the mother rubbing her daughter’s
back. She is putting this sunblock on her back
so that the sun does not burn her daughter’s
skin.
470
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Naval Research Laboratory. (b) © Blend Images/Ariel Skelley/Getty Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 5 Week 1 Amazing Animals
gills, fins, webbed, spines
gills fins
webbed spines
ROUTINE
471
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Dan Burton/Alamy Images. (tr) © Comstock Images/Jupiterimages.
(bl) © National Geographic/Getty Images. (br) © Digital Archive Japan/Alamy Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 invented
Unit 5 Week 2 Mr. Bell’s Telephone
Word 2 message
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 invented
Unit 5 Week 2 Mr. Bell’s Telephone

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Talk with your partner about other things that
1. One word in the selection is invented. Say it you are glad were invented. Use the sentence:
with me: invented. Invented means “made I am glad the was invented.
something that never existed before.” 6. Choose one of the things you and your
Alexander Bell invented the telephone. Before partner named and tell why you are glad it
he invented this machine, telephones did not was invented. Use the sentence: I am glad the
exist. was invented because .
2. En español, to invent quiere decir “hacer algo 7. Now let’s say invented together three more
que no existía antes, inventar.” Puedes hacer times: invented, invented, invented.
una nueva máquina. Alexander Bell inventó el
teléfono. Antes que él lo inventara, el teléfono
no existía.
3. To invent in English and inventar in Spanish
the word invented. (Point to the telephone
in the photo.) This is a picture of the first
telephone Alexander Bell invented.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 message

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s act out giving your partner a message on
1. Another word in the selection is message. Say the phone. Then switch roles and repeat.
it with me: message. A message is something 6. Now let’s use our faces and bodies to act out a
you want to communicate. A message can be message for a partner. Your partner has to tell
given in writing, in speaking, or by gestures. you what your message is.
Mother wrote a message to Stan and left it on 7. Now let’s say message together three more
the table. times: message, message, message.
2. En español, message quiere decir “lo que
quieres comunicar, mensaje.” Un mensaje
puede ser escrito, dicho o expresado con
gestos. Mamá le escribió un mensaje a Stan y
lo dejó sobre la mesa.
3. Message in English and mensaje in Spanish are
the word message. (Point to the woman.) See
the mother talking on the phone. When she
speaks on the phone she is giving someone a
message.
474
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stefano Bianchetti//Corbis. (b) © PhotoAlto Agency/David Laurens/PictureQuest.
ELD Content Words
Unit 5 Week 2 Needs and Wants
needs, wants, trade, money
needs wants
trade money
ROUTINE
475
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Ken Karp/McGraw-Hill Companies. (tr) © Tim Hall/Getty Images.
(bl) © JLP/Jose L. Pelaez/Corbis. (br) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 dangerous
Unit 5 Week 3 What’s the Weather?
Word 2 storm
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 dangerous
Unit 5 Week 3 What’s the Weather?

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Talk with your partner about what you would
1. One word in the selection is dangerous. do if you saw dangerous lightning like in
Say it with me: dangerous. If something is the photo. (They should go inside as soon as
dangerous, it can hurt you or cause harm. It possible to avoid being struck.)
is very dangerous to play with matches. You 5. Take turns completing the following sentence:
could start a fire. It is dangerous to . (Examples
2. En español, dangerous quiere decir “que include: play with matches, walk alone at
puede causar lesión o daño, peligroso.” Es night, talk to strangers. Be sure to stress that
peligroso jugar con fósforos. Podrías empezar children should never do anything dangerous.)
un incendio. 6. Now let’s say dangerous together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the times: dangerous, dangerous, dangerous.
word dangerous. (Point to the lightning in
the photo.) Look at the lightning. Lightning is
dangerous. It can strike things on the ground
and cause fires.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 storm

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Talk with your partner about what it might
1. Another word in the selection is storm. Say feel like if you were caught outside in a storm.
it with me: storm. Storm means “a type of What would you do?
weather that has strong winds and rain or 5. Look back at the picture. Talk about the
snow.” We ran for cover when we saw the things in the picture that show there was
storm coming. a storm. (Examples include: flooding, wind,
2. En español, storm quiere decir “una condición cloudy sky, broken trees)
del clima con vientos fuertes y lluvia o nieve, 6. Now let’s say storm together three more
tormenta.” Corrimos a casa cuando vimos que times: storm, storm, storm.
se acercaba la tormenta.
the word storm. (Point to the trees and
flooding in the photo.) It shows what it is like
in a storm. See the trees. They are bent from
the strong winds. And look at all the water.
This storm caused flooding, too.
478
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Jeremy Woodhouse/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Warren Faidley/Corbis.
ELD Content Words
Unit 5 Week 3 The Four Seasons
spring, summer, fall, winter
spring summer
fall winter
ROUTINE
479
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Masterfile. (tr) © Stockbyte/PunchStock.
(bl) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (br) © Stockbyte/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 forest
Unit 5 Week 4 Trees
Word 2 fruit
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 forest
Unit 5 Week 4 Trees

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Look at the picture again. Talk with your
1. One word in the selection is forest. Say it with partner about what a forest looks like. How
me: forest. A forest is a large area of land that do you think it might feel to walk through
is covered with trees that grow close together. a forest? What do you think you would see?
Small animals such as squirrels and rabbits live (Examples include: lots of trees, green, shady;
in the forest. cool, damp; squirrels, rabbits, deer, trees,
plants)
2. En español, forest quiere decir “un área de
terreno grande cubierta de árboles que crecen 5. Tell your partner if you would or would not
juntos, bosque.” Animales pequeños como las like to visit a forest. Tell why or why not. (Yes,
ardillas y los conejos viven en el bosque. because the animals and the plants would be
beautiful and interesting. No, because I could
get lost.)
the word forest. (Point to the trees in the
photo.) Look how many trees there are! 6. Now let’s say forest together three more
And they are all close together. This picture times: forest, forest, forest.
shows what a forest looks like from above the
treetops.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 fruit

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Take turns naming different kinds of fruits.
1. Another word in the selection is fruit. Say See how many you and your partner can
it with me: fruit. Fruit is a kind of food name.
that grows on a plant and has seeds. Some 6. Describe your favorite fruit to your partner,
examples of fruits are apples and pears. but do not say its name. When your partner
2. En español, fruit quiere decir “un tipo de guesses the fruit, switch roles and repeat.
alimento que crece en lo árboles y tiene 7. Now let’s say fruit together three more times:
semillas, fruta.” Algunos ejemplos de frutas fruit, fruit, fruit.
son las manzanas y las peras.
3. Fruit in English and fruta in Spanish are
the word fruit. (Point to the apples on the tree
branch in the photo.) See these apples. They
are a kind of fruit that grows on trees. Some
fruits, like strawberries, do not grow on trees.
They grow on vines along the ground.
482
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Image Plan/PunchStock. (b) © Photodisc/James P. Blair/Jupiterimages.
ELD Content Words
Unit 5 Week 4 Measure the Weather
thermometer, temperature,
rain gauge, weather vane
thermometer temperature
rain gauge weather vane
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognates: termómetro, temperatura.
483
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Stockbyte/Getty Images. (tr) © Comstock/PunchStock.
(bl) © Johner Images/PunchStock. (br) © Rob Melnychuk/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 food
Unit 5 Week 5 Living Things
Word 2 soil
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 food
Unit 5 Week 5 Living Things

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s act out that we are picking food like
1. One word in the selection is food. Say it with fruits from trees. We have to reach high to get
me: food. Food means “the thing that gives some. Then let’s pick food like carrots from
people and animals nourishment.” All people the ground. We have to bend down and pull
and animals need food to live. People eat them out of the ground
many different kinds of food, such as meat, 5. Now let’s act out that we are eating some
fruit, and vegetables. food. First let’s eat some corn on the cob.
2. En español, food quiere decir “lo que nutre a Now let’s have a slice of pizza. What other
los animales y las personas, comida.” Todas las food shall we pretend to eat? (Take several
personas y los animales necesitan comida para suggestions from children and act out eating
vivir. La gente come muchos tipos diferentes the food.)
de comida como carnes, frutas y vegetales. 6. Now let’s say food together three more times:
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates food, food, food.
the word food. (Point to grapes on the vines in
the photo.) This picture shows a kind of food
that grows on vines. These are grapes. Some
food grows in the ground, such as potatoes.
Another kind of food is meat. We get meat
from animals.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 soil

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Look at the picture. Let’s act out that we are
1. Another word in the selection is soil. Say it helping this family dig the soil. Let’s dig the
with me: soil. Soil is the dirt we plant things in. soil so that we can plant the flowers.
Soil has nutrients in it that help plants grow. 5. Now let’s act out helping them plant the
2. En español, soil quiere decir “el material del flowers. First put the flowers in the soil. Then
suelo en el que plantamos cosas, tierra.” La cover the roots of the flowers with the soil
tierra tiene nutrientes que ayudan a que las that you dug.
plantas crezcan. 6. Now let’s say soil together three more times:
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates soil, soil, soil.
the word soil. This family digs in the soil. Then
they plant the flowers in the soil.
486
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (b) © Bob Nichols/USDA Natural Resources Conservation Service.
ELD Content Words
Unit 5 Week 5 Ball Games in Mexico
game, soccer,
court, stadium
game soccer
court stadium
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognate: estadio.
487
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Valueline/PunchStock. (tr) © Polka Dot Images/PunchStock.
(bl) © Flint/Corbis. (br) © The Stock Connection RM/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 animals
Unit 6 Week 1 The Show
Word 2 family
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 animals
Unit 6 Week 1 The Show

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Take turns naming different kinds of pets. See
1. One word in the selection is animals. Say how many you and your partner can name.
it with me: animals. Animals means “living 6. Talk to your partner about your favorite
beings that are not plants.” Some animals can animal. Tell what it looks like, what it sounds
be pets, but some cannot. Cats and lions are like, and where it lives.
animals. 7. Now let’s say animals together three more
2. En español, animals quiere decir “los seres times: animals, animals, animals.
vivientes que no son plantas, animales.”
Algunos animales pueden ser mascotas, pero
otros no. Los gatos y los leones son animales.
3. Animals in English and animales in Spanish are
the word animals. (Point to the bears.) See the
bears. Bears are animals. They are living things
that move and eat. They are dangerous; they
cannot live in the house.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 family

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Tell your partner what are some things that
1. Another word in the selection is family. Say families do together. Which are the most fun?
it with me: family. Family means “a group 6. Talk to your partner about a family party
of people who are all related.” People that you might plan. How would you chose
who belong to the same family usually like the foods to eat and games to play. Be sure
doing things together. My family has dinner there are foods and games for everyone in the
together every night. family.
2. En español, family quiere decir “un grupo 7. Now let’s say family together three more
de personas relacionadas, una familia.” Las times: family, family, family
personas que pertencen a la misma familia
normalmente hacen cosas juntas. Mi familia
cena junta todas las noches.
3. Family in English and familia in Spanish are
the word family. (Point to each family
member.) The members of this family are the
grandmother, grandfather, mother, father,
and two children.
490
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Photodisc/Tom Brakefield/Getty Images. (b) © Photodisc/Adam Crowley/Getty Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 6 Week 1 Goods and Services
work, job,
goods, services
work job
goods services
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognate: servicios.
491
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © SW Productions/Getty Images. (tr) © © Ryan McVay/Getty Images.
(bl) © Photo: © Michael Evans/Life File/Getty Images. (br) © Pixtal/age fotostock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 contest
Unit 6 Week 2 Dawn Can Skate
Word 2 excited
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 contest
Unit 6 Week 2 Dawn Can Skate

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner about a contest you were
1. One word in the selection is contest. Say it in or one that you saw. What did you or the
with me: contest. A contest is an event, a others have to do to win the contest?
game, or a sport that you try to win in. The 5. Look at the picture again. What do you
winner of the spelling contest gets a gold think this girl did to get ready for this ice
medal. skating contest? Do you think she will win the
2. En español, contest quiere decir “un evento, contest? Why or why not?
un juego o un deporte en el que tratas de 6. Now let’s say contest together three more
ganar; concurso.” El ganador del concurso de times: contest, contest, contest.
deletreo recibirá una medalla de oro.
the word contest. (Point to the skater in the
photo.) See the girl ice-skating. She is in an
ice-skating contest, or competition. She is
trying to be the best skater in the contest.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 excited

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s look at the picture again. Let’s all
1. Another word in the selection is excited. Say pretend we are as excited as the boy in the
it with me: excited. Excited means “eager, photo. Let’s try to look like he does.
thrilled, or happy about something that is 5. Now let’s pretend someone famous is coming
happening or is about to happen.” Thomas is to visit our class. (You may wish to have
excited that he is getting a new puppy. children suggest who might visit.) Let’s see
2. En español, excited quiere decir “animado how excited we can act before the famous
o contento por algo que ha ocurrido o va a person gets here!
ocurrir, emocionado.” Tomás está emocionado 6. Now let’s say excited together three more
por el nuevo cachorro que va a recibir. times: excited, excited, excited.
the word excited. (Point to the boy in the
photo.) It shows a boy who is excited. What
do you think he is excited about? (Examples
include: He won a contest. His team won a
game.)
494
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stone/Soren Hald/Getty Images. (b) © Stockbyte/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 6 Week 2 A New Kid on the Block
immigrants, cooperation,
caring, understanding
immigrants cooperation
caring understanding
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognate: inmigrantes, cooperación.
495
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Bettmann/Corbis. (tr) © liquidlibrary/Jupiterimages.
(bl) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (br) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 mill
Unit 6 Week 3 Save Paper, Save Trees
Word 2 recycling
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 mill
Unit 6 Week 3 Save Paper, Save Trees

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner about some things you use
1. One word in the selection is mill. Say it with that might have been made in a paper mill.
me: mill. A mill is a machine where natural Use the sentence: My was made in
materials such as trees, cotton, or grain are a paper mill.
ground into little pieces. The little pieces are 5. Talk about why a paper mill is important.
then made into products like paper, fabric, What would happen if there were no paper
or flour. The trees taken to the paper mill are mills? (Paper mills are important because they
made into paper. make paper from trees. Without paper mills
2. En español, mill quiere decir “la máquina en we would not have things like notebooks,
la que materiales naturales como árboles, books, or newspapers.)
algodón o granos son picados en pedacitos 6. Now let’s say mill together three more times:
chiquitos; molino.” Estos pedacitos chiquitos mill, mill, mill.
luego se usan para hacer productos como
papel, tela y harina. Los árboles son llevados al
molino para hacer papel.
the word mill. (Point to the mill in the photo.)
See the paper mill. It has different buildings
and smoke stacks. The mill turns trees into
paper.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 recycling

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Tell your partner another kind of material,
1. Another word in the selection is recycling. besides paper, that gets recycled. Use the
Say it with me: recycling. Recycling means sentence: We recycle paper and .
“making used material into something new.” (Examples include: cans, plastic, glass)
We recycle things so that they can be used 6. Talk with your partner about why recycling
again instead of wasted or thrown away. is important. (Recycling helps save our trees,
Recycling paper helps to save our trees. cuts down on garbage, and makes Earth
2. En español, to recycle quiere decir “convertir cleaner. It uses things again instead of
algo que ha sido usado en algo nuevo, throwing them away.)
reciclar.” Reciclamos cosas para que puedan 7. Now let’s say recycling together three more
ser usadas de nuevo en vez de botadas a la times: recycling, recycling, recycling.
basura. Reciclar el papel ayuda a conservar
árboles.
3. To recycle in English and reciclar in Spanish
the word recycling. (Point to the pack of
paper in the photo.) A girl is getting a stack of
newspapers ready for recycling.
498
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Digital Vision/Visions of America/Joe Sohm/Getty Images. (b) © Digital Vision/Janie Airey/Getty Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 6 Week 3 What Animals Eat Plants?
herbivore, teeth,
carnivore, omnivore
herbivore teeth
carnivore omnivore
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognates: herbívoro, carnívoro, omnívoro.
499
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Stockbyte/Getty Images. (tr) © Creatas Images/PunchStock.
(bl) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (br) © Stephen Lackie/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 bands
Unit 6 Week 4 The Beautiful Butterfly
Word 2 Painted Lady

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 bands
Unit 6 Week 4 The Beautiful Butterfly

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner about some things that have
1. One word in the selection is bands. Say it with bands. (Examples include: caterpillars, zebras,
me: bands. Bands are rings of color. Zebras clothing with stripes, tigers)
look like they have black bands or stripes 5. Tell your partner another word that means the
around their bodies. same as bands. Use the sentence: Bands are
2. En español, bands quiere decir “aros de like . (Examples include: rings, stripes)
color, listas.” Las cebras tienen listas negras 6. Now let’s say bands together three more
alrededor de sus cuerpos. times: bands, bands, bands.
the word bands. (Point to the caterpillar in the
photo.) See the caterpillar. It has green and
black bands.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 Painted Lady

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Look at the picture again. Talk with your
1. Another word in the selection is Painted partner about what the Painted Lady looks
Lady. Say it with me: Painted Lady. A Painted like.
Lady is a kind of butterfly. Most Painted Lady 5. Tell if you think Painted Lady is a good name
butterflies are orange and black and white. for this butterfly. Tell why or why not.
2. En español, Painted Lady se dice “Mariposa 6. Now let’s say Painted Lady together three
Vanessa.” Una Mariposa Vanessa es un tipo more times: Painted Lady, Painted Lady,
de mariposa. Estas mariposas son anaranjadas Painted Lady.
con negro y blanco.
Painted Lady. (Point to the butterfly in the
photo.) This is a Painted Lady butterfly.
502
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Leo Fiedler/Corbis. (b) © Robert Marien/Corbis.
ELD Content Words
Unit 6 Week 4 The First Americans
Native American, nation,
canoe, moccasins
Native American nation
canoe moccasins
ROUTINE
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph. Incorporate actions
where appropriate.
4. Explain how these four words fit into a group, or category. During independent
work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: nación, canoa, mocasines.
503
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © The Paducah Sun, Stephen Lance Dennee/AP Images. (tr) © VisionsofAmerica/Joe Sohm/The Image Bank/Getty Images.
(bl) © Alaska Stock LLC/Alamy Images. (br) © Jules Frazier/Photodisc/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 country
Unit 6 Week 5 Fun Days
Word 2 holidays
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 country
Unit 6 Week 5 Fun Days

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner the name of a country you or
1. One word in the selection is country. Say it someone in your family has been to. Describe
with me: country. Country means “a territory what the country was like.
with people and its own government, and that 5. People from different countries sometimes
is separate from other mations; a nation.” We speak the language of their country. Name
live in the country known as The United States one country and the language the people
of America. speak. Use the sentence: In the country of
2. En español, country quiere decir “un terriorio , many people speak .
con gente, su propio gobierno y que está 6. Now let’s say country together three more
separado de otras naciones; un país.” Nosotros times: country, country, country.
vivimos en un país que se llama Estados
Unidos.
the word country. (Point to the globe and
several countries shown.) This is a globe. It
is a round map of the world. The colors on
this globe show some of the countries in the
world. This country is . (Point to each
country.)
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 holidays

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Take turns with your partner naming other
1. Another word in the selection is holidays. holidays you celebrate with your family.What
Say it with me: holidays. Holidays are days are some things you like to do to celebrate
on which we celebrate special events. the Fourth of July? (wave flags, salute, watch
Thanksgiving and the Fourth of July are two parades)
of my favorite holidays. 5. Choose one holiday you like and tell your
2. En español, holidays se dice “días festivos.” partner how you celebrate it.
Los días festivos son días en los que 6. Now let’s say holidays together three more
celebramos eventos especiales. El Día de times: holidays, holidays, holidays.
Acción de Gracias y el Día de la Independencia
son dos de mis días festivos preferidos.
the word holidays. (Point to the children and
flags.) It shows how these children celebrate a
holiday called the Fourth of July.
506
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Cartesia/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Ariel Skelley/Blend Images/Getty Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 6 Week 5 Things Change
freeze, boil, grow, melts
freeze boil
grow melts
ROUTINE
507
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Jeremy Hoare/Life File/Getty Images. (tr) © David Chasey/Getty Images.
(bl) © Jupiter Images/Creatas/Alamy Images. (br) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.

Tekin - A Grammar of Orkhon Turkic 1968

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Tekin - A Grammar of Orkhon Turkic 1968

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Grade 1

Vocabulary Words Unit

Structure of Book Word 2 make up

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT

Key Vocabulary Word 2 genuine

© MacMillan McGraw-Hill • photo credits:

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK

Key Vocabulary Word 4 prefer

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK

Word 2 scamper across

Word 2 scamper across

Word 4 watch in amazement

Word 4 watch in amazement

pudding cheese cream

fresh fruit stew nuts

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK

Key Vocabulary Word 2 exhausted

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT

Key Vocabulary Word 4 movements

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK Word 4 fast

jump skip kick

stop swing throw

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK

Key Vocabulary Word 2 change

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT

Key Vocabulary Word 4 learn

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK

Word 2 shorter than

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK

milk carrot bran

apple sandwich beans

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK

Key Vocabulary Word 2 dear

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT

Key Vocabulary Word 4 sensible

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK

lamb monkey seal

turtle whale porpoise

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK

Key Vocabulary Word 2 challenging

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK

Key Vocabulary Word 4 focus

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT

Word 2 over (in a higher position)

Word 2 over (in a higher position)

Word 4 over (to be done with)

Word 4 over (to be done with)

soccer tennis baseball

basketball football softball

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT

Key Vocabulary Word 2 provide

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK

Key Vocabulary Word 4 separate

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK

Word 4 like a lot

Word 4 like a lot

parent father family

mother children baby

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK

Key Vocabulary Word 2 cooperate

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT

Key Vocabulary Word 4 responsibility